ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
of
Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Located at
Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat.
For
Expansion of existing Synthetic Organic Pigments Manufacturing Unit
Proposal for
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE
Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006. Baseline Period – October – 2017 to December - 2017
Project Proponent Mr. Jinen Kothari Managing Director, 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat
Prepared by: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA,
Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589. Email: [email protected]. NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT AUTHORITIES
fie NAVPAD PIGMENTS PW. LTD, A Pigment of Your lmagination (A Government of lndia Recognized Star Export House)
UNDERTAKING BY THE PROJECT AUTHORITIES
This is to undertake that I own the contents (information and data) of the EIA Report prepared for Brown field project of Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd at Plot No: 1196t11A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this report.
Place: Ahmedabad
Date: 30/072418
Chairman & CEO
ISO 9001 :2015 ISO 14001 :2015 ffi Reod, Office & Factorv
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator: Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Signature and Date:
Period of involvement: May 2017 - Till date Contact information: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. [email protected], [email protected]
Functional Area Experts: Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Selecting ambient air monitoring Yarlagadda sites based on IMD data, Review of 1 AP V. Prasad the meteorological data, Process emissions and AAQ data, suggesting air pollution control measures. Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Identification of water monitoring P. sites, estimating water requirement, Chiranjeevi 2 WP Suggesting Recycling of water, waste Rao water treatment methods & disposal schemes. Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Inventorization of Hazardous P. waste, Solid wastes, etc., suggesting Chiranjeevi 3 SHW* treatment options viz., landfill, Rao incineration, recycling, and stabilization.
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 1
Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Generating primary SE data, Setti VR livestock inventory and impacts,
4 SE Bhaskara conducted focused group discussions, Rao taken public opinion on the project. Identified villages wise amenities and needs Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Collected secondary data from forest/ agricultural/ fisheries department, generation of primary G. Raja flora and fauna data from study area & 5 EB Reddy core area, ground truthing for ecological assessment, development of status report, suggested species for greenbelt development. Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Measurement of ground water levels from the existing wells present in and around project site, observation E. V. of surface water bodies, establishing 6 HG Naresh groundwater flow direction and its Kumar gradient and evaluation of rainfall data and suggesting suitable depth for secured land fill base, and identification of development of monitoring wells. Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Observations made towards the Identification of country rock, E. V. development of porosity, thickness Naresh 7 GEO and extent of weathered formations, Kumar area seismicity and evaluation of soil permeability for suggesting suitable civil structures. Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Meteorological & Air Pollution P. Praveen dispersion studies, suggesting 8 AQ Kumar environmental management plan for air pollution control measures
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 2
Name of S. Functional Involvement Signature and the No. areas (period and task**) date expert/s Period: May 2017 - Till date
Task: Monitoring of noise / vibration Yarlagadda levels using instrument, processing 9 NV V. Prasad and analysis of Data for suggesting suitable noise mitigating measures Period: October 2017 - Till date Task: Collection of GPS readings from the project site and prepared layout, Dr. Y. preparation of TOPO map through 10 LU Rama SOI 1:50,000 scale TOPO sheet. Mohan Collections of ground through data from the field. Preparation of LU map through Satellite imagery, SOI, Google map & Ground through data. Period: May 2017 - Till date Task: Identification of Hazards and Hazardous substances from process P. Suresh & warehouse, storage tanks .Risks 11 RH Kumar and consequence analysis using software and lethality damages, DMP and EPP for onsite & offsite were provided
Functional Involvement S.No. Name of the FAAs Signature Areas Period
1 AP, AQ Y. Prathyusha May 2017 - Till date
2 HG Ch. Sindhu May 2017 - Till date
3 LU G. Sandeep May 2017 - Till date
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 3
Functional Name of the Team Involvement Signature S.No. Areas Members Period
1 SC G. Raja Reddy May 2017 - Till date
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person I, Yarlagadda V. Prasad, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature: Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad Designation: Managing Director Name of the EIA consultant organization: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 4
COPY OF TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]
'-
Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (lA Division)
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road Yogendra Pal Singh New Delhi- 110 003 Scientist 'D' F. No. J-11011jl51/2017-IA.II (I) Telefax: 91-11-24695365 E-mail: [email protected]
Dated: 31st May, 2017 To, The Managing Director (Shri Jinen) M/s Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd., Plot No. 1196, Village Rajpur, Kadi Tauka, Mehsana District, Gujarat
Sub: Expansion of Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit (200 MTPM) at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Village Rajpur, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Rajpur, Gujarat, India by M/s Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. - Terms of References - reg.
Ref.: Your online proposal no. IA/GJ/IND2/63465/2017 dated 25'• March, 2017.
Sir, This has reference to your online proposal no. IAjGJjlND2/63465/2017 dated 25th March, 2017 along with project documents including Form I, draft Terms of References and Pre-feasibility Report (PFR) regarding the above mentioned project.
2. It is noted that the proposal is for Terms of Reference for Expansion of Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit (200 MTPM) at Plot No. 1196/1/ A & B, Village Rajpur, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Rajpur, Gujarat, India by M/s Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3. As per Form 1 and PFR, the land area is 2.559 Acres/ 10357 Sq.m. Greenbelt will be develop in an area of 33% i.e 1.02 Acres out of 2.559 Acres of area of the project area. The estimated proposed expansion project cost is < 20 Crores. Industry proposed to allocate < 100 Lakhs for 5 years@ 5% of Project cost towards Corporate Social Responsibility. It is reported that no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger /Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. lies within lOkm distance from the project site. Narmada Canal is flowing at a distance of 9.25 kms in SW direction.
4. It is reported that the total water requirement is 7 42 m3 j day of which fresh water requirement of 164m3jday will be met from ground water sources. Generated effluent of 781 m3jday will be treated through stripper followed by MEEjATFD, Biological Treatment Plant followed by RO plant will be based on Zero Liquid Discharge System. Power requirement for proposed project will be 3000 KVA and will be met from APSPDCL. DG set of 2xl000 KVA capacity; Stacks (height 10 mts) will be used as standby during power failures. 2x5.0 TPH coal fired boilers are proposed for the new unit with a stack of height of 30 mtr each, Multi cyclone separator/bag
Proposal no. IA/GJ/IND2/63465/2017 t7 ~--· Page 1 of 3 ~ • filter will be installed for controlling the particulate emissions (within statutory limit of 115 mg/ Nm3).
5. All Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry located outside a notified industrial area/ estate are listed at S.N. 5(£) of Schedule of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification under Category 'A' and is appraised at Central Level by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC).
6. It is proposed to manufacture Group-A Product of 50MT /Month along with 150 MT /Month of any one or together of Group- B Products, with a total capacity of 200MT /Month. The existing and proposed products and capacity are:
S. No. Product Name Quantity MT/Month Group-A 1 Pigment Violet 23 3 Total 3
List of Proposed Products and Capacities
S. No. Product Name Quantity Quantity MT/Month MT/Day Group-A 1 Pigment Violet 23 50.00 1.67 Total 50.00 1.67 Group-B 1 Pigment Red 122 150.00 2 Pigment Violet 19 150.00 3 Pigment Beta Bluel5:3 150.00 5.00 4 Pigment Beta Blue 15:4 150.00 5 Carbazole 150.00 6 Solsperse5000 150.00 Total 150.00 5.00 Grand total (Group-A+ Group-B) 200.00 6.67
7. The project proposal and Draft Terms of Reference (TOR) was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry - 2) in its 22nd meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017. The Committee prescribed the following Additional TOR with public hearing along with Standard TOR as available in the Ministry website for preparation of EIA-EMP report:
Additional TOR
i. Public hearing shall be conducted as per the provisions of EIA Notification, 2006. ii. A plan for implementation of Zero Liquid Discharge shall be submitted. iii. Lay out plan earmarking space for Green belt with atleast 10 m width around the periphery of the unit with perennial trees shall be submitted. 33 % of the unit area shall be developed as green area with trees. iv. Chemical name along with CAS no. of the product shall be included in the EIA.
Proposal no. IA/GJ/IND2/63465/2017 Page 2 of3 v. PP shall obtain permission from the concerned authority for ground water extraction. As agreed PP shall reduce the ground water usage by 50% of the proposed quantity. VI. Certified Compliance report of the existing EC conditions, if any, shall be obtained from concerned RO, MOEFCC and submitted along with EIA/EMP report.
8. These 'TORs along with public hearing' shall be considered for the preparation of EIA/EMP for the above referred project, in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'General Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IliA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Public hearing has to be conducted as per the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to the issues shall be incorporated in the final EIA report.
9. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (QCI/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. A~~ .,.-z-~\1 (Yogendra Pal Singh) Scientist 'D' Copy to: • The Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran Bhawan, Sector-lOA, Gandhinagar- 382 010, Gujarat. \\ • Guard File/Monitoring File/Website/Record File. // \:'t· ~·~· .z.~\ 1 ~.r:s'·> (Yogendra Pal Singh) Scientist 'D'
Proposal no. IA/GJ/IND2f63465f20 17 Page 3 of 3
TOR COMPLIANCE
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
ToR COMPLIANCE S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos 1. Executive Summary Enclosed in Draft EIA Report 2. Introduction 1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Enclosed as Annexure -V accreditation 2. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 1 3. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - VIII 216 3 Project Description Chapter - I 1 I. 1. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - II 8 2. Products with capacities for the proposed II. Chapter - II 16 project. Details of existing & expansion products with capacities are mentioned in Chapter - II, page no: 16. Existing plant area is sufficient for expansion by 3. If expansion project, details of existing products installing some additional with capacities and whether adequate land is III. equipment. There is no EC available for expansion, reference of earlier EC because it was Established prior if any. to 2006. First Consent & Authorization is enclosed as Annexure – I The Latest CFO is enclosed as Annexure - II 4. List of raw materials required and their source IV. Chapter - II 49-50 along with mode of transportation. 5. Other chemicals and materials required with V. Chapter - VII 172 quantities and storage capacities. 6. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste VI Chapter - X 246-250 generating and their management 7. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance Chapter - II 43, 45 VII. diagram, man-power requirement (regular and Chapter - VIII 213 contract) 8. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow VIII. Chapter - II 17-41 sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided. 9. Hazard identification and details of proposed IX. Chapter - VII 159 - 171 safety systems. X. Expansion/modernization proposals X. a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided In addition, The unit is having valid CFO status of compliance of consent to operate for vide consent No: AWH-87748, the ongoing existing operation of the project Dated 18.08.2017 and copy of from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP CFO is Enclosed as Annexure - report. II
d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Chapter - II 8-9 Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification Chapter - I 3 for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 KMs and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 Chapter - II 13 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco- sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive 4 places) Existing plant Site iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site is suitable for expansion & no need of alternative site analysis.
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the Chapter - II 13 site. v. Google map –Earth downloaded of the project Chapter - II 10-11
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos site vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant Chapter - II 15 area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if Chapter - II 12 applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private- Chapter - II 14 agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type Chapter - I 4 within study area (10KMs radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km Chapter - III 57 radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) It is an existing xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not unit and no complete, stage of the acquisition process and additional land is expected time of complete possession of the acquired for this land. expansion
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state The existing unit Government policy. is in an 2.559 Acres, so R&R is applicable
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i. i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest The project area is a non- forest Department (if applicable) land.
ii. Landuse map base on High resolution satellite Land use map based on imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating satellite imaginary of the the forestland (in case of projects involving proposed site is presented in forest land more than 40 ha) chapter - III, Page no: 104-105
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining Not applicable the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
5 iv. The projects to be located within 10KMs of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere There are no National parks, Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, Sanctuaries, Biosphere the project proponent shall submit the map duly Reserves, Migratory corridors of authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing Wild Animals, within the 10 Km these features vis-à-vis the project location and buffer zone the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on.
v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated Not Applicable by the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area.
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance Not Applicable under the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the national board for wildlife.
6 Environmental Status i. i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- Chapter - III 58 - 61 meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other Chapter - III 63 - 68 parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. ii. iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 Chapter - III 69 - 76 weeks of al stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov.2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iii. iv. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m Chapter - III 78 – 79 upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.
V) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes Not Applicable give details.
Vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Chapter - III 78 - 79 locations shall be included
vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within Chapter - III 86 - 87 the study area.
Viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter - III 96 - 97
ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, Chapter - III 89 - 91 frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x) Detailed description of flora and fauna Chapter - III 106 - 116 (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter - III 117 - 123 7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. i) Assessment of ground level concentration of Chapter - IV 133 - 136 pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. iii. ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge The unit will in water body employ ZLD system
iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding Chapter - X 222 environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined.
iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Chapter - X 223 - 232 Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.
v) Details of stack emission and action plan for Chapter - X 240 control of emissions to meet standards
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos VI) Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter - X 243
VII) Details of hazardous waste generation and Chapter - X 249 their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
VIII) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured Chapter - X 249 as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan Chapter - IV 139 of action shall be provided.
IX) Acton plan for the green belt development Chapter - X 237 - 239 plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
X) Action plan for rainwater harvesting Chapter - X 251 - 252 measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.
XI) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum Chapter - X 253 for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. XII) Action plan for post –project environment Chapter - VI 149 - 150 monitoring shall be submitted. Chapter - X 239 - 240
XIII) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Chapter - VII 195 - 205 Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data 8 Chapter - VII 193 - 195 of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and safety. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA Chapter - VI 152 - 155 report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ - - 9 conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with - - the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given iv. Does the company have system of - - reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. The proposed expansion unit Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as will provide all the facilities for sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to construction labour during 10 the labour force during construction as well as to construction phase and as well the casual workers including truck drivers during as the casual workers including operation phase. truck drivers during operation phase Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC)
1. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project Chapter - VIII cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise 214 The fund allocated social commitment based on public hearing 11 for CSR & CER will issues and item –wise details along with time be utilized as bound action plan shall be included socio- suggested during economic development activities need to be Public Hearing elaborated upon. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any No Litigations against the 12 notice under the section 5 of environment project (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case. A tabular chart with index for point wise Enclosed along with EIA & EMP 13 compliance of above TOR. Report A Specific ToR Details on solvents to be used, measures for 1 Chapter - X 243 - 246 solvent recovery and for emissions control. Details of process emissions from the proposed 2 Chapter - II 43 unit and its arrangement to control Ambient air quality data should include VOC, 3 Chapter - III 69 - 76 etc., Work zone monitoring arrangements for 4 Chapter - VII 173 - 175 hazardous chemicals Detailed effluent treatment scheme including 5 segregation of effluent streams for units NA NA adopting zero liquid discharge 6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted; - - A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufactures indicating Yet to make MOU with Cement 7 clearly that they co-process organic Industries solid/hazardous waste generated.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
Authorization / Membership for the disposal of TSDF membership was 8 liquid effluent I CETP and solid/ hazardous obtained and enclosed as waste in TSDF, If any. Annexure - II 9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter - X 249 MSDS for all the chemicals will Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals 10 be used and kept in plant for are being used/ will be used. reference. Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of TSDF membership was 11 solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used obtained and enclosed as /will be used Annexure - III No proposal for installation of 12 Details of incinerator if to be installed Incinerator Risk assessment for storage and hazardous 13 chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & Chapter - VII 159 - 161 safety system to be incorporated. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of 14 Chapter - VII 173 - 175 workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. Additional ToR Public Hearing was conducted Public hearing to be conducted as per provisions on 13th June 2018 and PH 1 of the EIA Notification, 2006. Minutes are enclosed as Annexure - IV A plan for implementation of Zero Liquid 2 Chapter - X 224 - 232 Discharge shall be submitted Lay out plan earmarking space for Green belt with at least 10 m width around the periphery of Chapter - II 15 3 the unit with perennial trees shall be submitted. Chapter - X 238 33 % of the unit area shall be developed as green area with trees. Chemical name along with CAS no. of the 4 Chapter - II 16 product shall be included in the EIA. Based on the EAC recommendations, we have reduced the water consumption from 742 KLD to 289 KLD (Fresh water requirement from PP shall obtain permission from the concerned 164 KLD to 79 KLD) & authority for ground water extraction. As agreed 5 production quantity from 200 PP shall reduce the ground water usage by 50% TPM to 125 TPM. of the proposed quantity. PP has applied for ground water extraction approval from CGWA and application No. is 21- 4/3460/GJ/IND/2018 dt. 13/01/2018. Permission for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X
TOR Compliance Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos Ground water extraction is awaited from CGWA. Since the existing unit was Certified Compliance report of RO, MoEF&CC 6 established before 2006, there and for existing EC, if any, to be submitted is no EC for the unit.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page XI
LIST OF CONTENTS [INDEX]
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
LIST OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION S. No Description Page No 1.1 Identification of project & Project proponent 1 1.1.1 Identification of Project 1 1.1.2 About the Promoters 1 1.2 Purpose of the Report 1 1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 2 1.3.1 Objective 2 1.3.2 Scope of Study 3 1.3.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1.3.2.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 3 1.3.2.3 Regulatory Scoping 3 1.3.2.4 Justification of the Project 3 Project location and compliance of site with 1.4 4-5 selection criteria 1.5 Regulatory Framework 6 1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 6-7
CHA PTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION S. No Description Page No 2.1 Type of the project 8 2.2 Location 8 2.3 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 8 2.4 Infrastructure / Site plan Details 14 2.5 Process Description 16 Manufacturing process, details with flow charts & 2.5.1 17-41 material balance 2.6 Pollution Load 42 2.7 Details of Process Emissions 43 2.8 Proposed Water Consumption Details 43 2.9 Expected Waste Water Generation Details 44 2.10 Waste Water Characteristics 44 2.11 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 45 2.12 Power(Energy) requirement 45 2.13 Utilities 46 2.14 Proposed Boilers & DG sets 46 2.15 Details of Proposed Solvents Input, Recovery & Loss 48 2.16 List of The Raw Materials Product Wise 49-50
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT S. No Description Page No 3.0 Introduction 51 3.1 Study Area 51 3.1.1 Study Period 51 3. 2 Geological & Hydro geological Environment 51 3.2.1 Geomorphology and soil types 53 3.2.2 Geology 53 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 54 3.2.4 Ground water Conditions 54 3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 54-55 3.2.6 Drainage Map 56 3.3 Micrometeorology And Climate 58-61 3.4 Air Environment 62-64 3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 65 3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 66-76 3.5 Water Environment 77 3.5.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 77-85 3.6 Noise Environment 85 3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 85-88 3.6.2 Traffic Study 89-91 3.7 Soil Environment 92-96 3.8 Land Use Pattern 97 3.8.1 Data Used 97 3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 98 3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 99 3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 99-105 3.9 Ecological Environment 106 3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 106-108 3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area 108 3.9.3 Cropland Eco system 108-112 3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study 113 3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto - fauna 113 3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area 114-116 3.9.4 RET and Schedule – I, Fauna 116 3.10 Socio Economic study 117 3.10.1 Methodology Adopted For The Study 117 3.10.2 Distribution Of Population In The Study Area 117-118 3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 119-120 3.10.4 Occupational Structure 120-121 3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 122-123 Corporate Social Responsibility Of The Project 3.10.6 123 Proponent
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES S. No Description Page No 4.1 Introduction 124 4.2 Prediction of impacts during construction phase 124 4.2.1 Impact on Land Use 124 4.2.2 Impact on Soil Environment 125 4.2.3 Impact on Topography 125 4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality 125 4.2.5 Impact on Water Quality 125-126 4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels 126 4.2.7 Impact on Ecology 126 4.2.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 127 4.3 Mitigation measures during the Construction Phase. 127 4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management 127 4.3.2 Air Quality Management 128 4.3.3 Water Quality Management 128 4.3.4 Noise Level Management 128 4.3.5 Ecological Management 128 4.3.6 Social community Management 128 4.4 Prediction of Impacts during Operational Phase 128 4.5 Air Environment 129 4.5.1 Source of Air Pollution 129-130 4.5.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 130-136 4.6 Water Environment 137 4.7 Noise Environment 138 4.8 Impact on Land Use 138 4.9 Impact on Soil 138 4.10 Impacts of Solid Waste 139 4.11 Impacts on Ecology 139 4.12 Impacts on Socio-Economy 140 4.13 Impacts on Hydrology & Geology 141 4.14 Mitigation Measures During Operational Phase 141 4.14.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment 141 4.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environment 141 4.14.3 Mitigation Measures For Hydrology & Geology 142 4.14.4 Measures for hazardous/solid waste 142 4.14.5 Measures for Noise 143 4.14.6 Measures for Soil Conservation 143 4.14.7 Measures for Land use 144 4.14.7.1 Impact on agriculture 144 4.14.7.2 Impact on change in topography of the land & on drainage 144 pattern 4.14.8 Measures for Socio-Economy 145 4.14.9 Health & Safety measures 145 4.15 Odour Control Measures 145-146 4.15.1 Handling 146
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No Description Page No 4.15.2 Transportation of Raw materials 146 4.15.3 Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows 146 4.15.3.1 Control measures 146 4.15.3.2 Cleaner production practices 147
CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
S. No Description Page No 5.1 Type of the project 148
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM S. No Description Page No 6.1 Preamble 149 6.2 Monitoring Program 149 6.3 Infrastructural Requirement & Procurement 150 Schedules 6.3.1 List Of Instruments For Environmental Monitoring 151-152 6.4 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 152-153 6.5 Environmental Management Cell 153-156 6.6 Administrative Actions & Documentation 156 6.6.1 Data Analysis 156 6.6.2 Reporting Schedules 156 6.6.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 156
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT
S. No Description Page No 7.1. Additional Studies 157 7.1.1 Scope of this Study 157 7.1.2 Methodology 157 7.2 Introduction to Risk Assessment 158 7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 158 7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 159-173 7.3 Safe Practices (Handling, Storage, Transportation 174 and Unloading of Chemicals) 7.3.1 Drums 174 7.3.2 Measures to avoid Evaporation 174 7.3.3 Safety Systems 174 7.3.4 Transportation /unloading 175 7.4 Safety Instructions for Transportation of 175 Hazardous Materials. 7.5 Spill Control 176
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
7.6 Effect and Consequence Analysis 177 7.6.1 Operating Parameters 177 7.6.2 Inventory 177 7.6.3 Loss of Containment 177 7.7 Major Hazards 178 7.7.1 Jet Fire 178 7.7.2 Pool Fire 178 7.7.3 Vapor Cloud Explosion 179 7.7.4 Toxic Vapor release 179 7.8 Damage Criteria 179 7.9 Risk Evaluation 180 7.9.1 Source strength parameters 181 7.9.2 Consequential effects 181 7.9.3 Selection of Damage Criteria 182 7.10 Heat Radiation 182 7.11 Explosion 183 7.12 Incidents Impact 184 7.13 Maximum Credible Loss accident Scenarios 184 7.14 Risk & Vulnerable Analysis 185 7.14.1 Risk Modeling Scenarios 185-194 7.15 Occupational Health 194 7.16 Safe Operating Procedures 195 7.17 Fire Protection 195 7.18 Static Electricity 195 7.19 Communication System 195 7.20 Safety Inspections 195 7.20.1 Predictive and Preventive Maintainance 195 7.21 Electrical Safety 196 7.22 Color Coding System 196 7.23 Disaster Management Plan 196 7.23.1 Onsite Emergency Plan 196 7.23.2 Defining the Nature/level of Emergency 196 7.23.3 Structure of Emergency Management System 197 7.23.4 Emergency Management system-Roles & 197 Responsibilities 7.23.4.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 197 7.23.4.2 Incident Controller/Deputy Incident Controller 198 7.23.4.3 Key Personnel’s 199 7.23.4.4 Essential workers 199 7.23.5 Other Elements of DMP 200 7.23.5.1 Assembly Point 200 7.23.5.2 Emergency Control Center 201 7.23.5.3 Fire Services 201 7.23.5.4 Medical Services 202 7.23.5.5 Security Services 203 7.23.5.6 Mutual Aid 203 7.23.6 Emergency Response 204 7.23.7 Emergency Capabilities 204
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
7.23.8 Emergency Handling Procedures. 204-206 7.23.9 Mitigation of Environmental Impact during Fire 206 Emergency 7.23.10 Raising the Alarm 207 7.23.11 Declaring Major Emergency 208 7.23.12 Plant operations 208 7.23.13 Telephone Messages 208 7.23.14 Mock Drill 209 7.24 Offsite Emergency Plan 210 7.24.1 Role of the Factory Management 211 7.24.2 Role of Local Authority 211 7.24.3 Role of Fire Authority 211 7.24.4 Role of Police 211 7.24.5 Role of Health Authorities 211 7.24.6 Role of the Mutual aid agencies 212 7.24.7 Role of the Factory Inspectorate 212
CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS S. No Description Page No 8.1 Employment Opportunity 213 8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & 213 socioeconomic development 8.3 Direct revenue earning to the national and state 216 exchequer 8.4 Infrastructural Benefit 216 8.5 Other Tangible Benefits 216-217
CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS S. No Description Page No 9.1 Cost benefit analysis 218
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN S. No Description Page No 10.1 Introduction 219 10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 221 10.2.1 Site Preparation 221 10.2.2 Sanitation 221 10.2.3 Noise 221 10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 221 10.2.5 Site Security 221 10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 222 10.3.1 Air Quality 222 10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 222 A Stack Design 222 B Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 222
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3.2 Noise Pollution 223 10.3.3 Water Quality 223-227 10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 228 10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 229 10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 229 10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 229 10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 230 10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 231 10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 233 10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 234 10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 234 10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 235 10.8 GEO [Geology] 236 10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 236 10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 236 10.11 Greenbelt Development 237 10.11.1 Objective 237 10.11.2 Action Plan 238 10.12 Post Project Monitoring 239 10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 239 10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 240 10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 240 10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 240 10.13 Management of Public Interests 241 10.13.1 Objective 241 10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 241 10.13.3 Health Camps 241 10.13.4 Public Amenities 241 10.13.5 Public Relations 242 10.14. Water Requirement 242 10.15 Process Emission Control System 242-243 10.16. Fugitive Emissions 243 10.17 Solvent Management Plan 243-246 10.17.1 Emissions – Utilities 246 10.17.2 Wastewater Loads 247 10.17.3 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 249 10.17.4 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 249 10.17.5 Hazardous & Solid waste characteristics 250 10.18 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting System 251-252 10.19 Investment 253 10.19.1 Budget allocation 253 10.20 Mitigation plan 254 10.21 Socio-Economic development activities 255 10.22 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation 255-256 5 r concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) 10.23 Conclusion 256-257
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT)
S. No Description Page No 11.1 Salient features of the project 258 11.2 Conclusions 259
LIST OF TABLES
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION Table No Description Page No 1.1 Project location and Compliance of site 4-5 1.2 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-7
CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION Table No Description Page No 2.1 Proposed Land use details 14 2.2 List of Existing Products 16 2.3 List of proposed products and Capacities 16 2.4 Consolidated Pollution Load of All Products In Per 42 Day Quantities 2.5 Process Emission details 43 2.6 Proposed water consumption details 43 2.7 Expected Effluent Generation details 44 2.8 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent details 44 2.9 Existing Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, 45 Disposal Details 2.10 Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, 45 Disposal Details 2.11 Details of Utilities for Existing & Proposed After 46 Expansion 2.12 Emission Characteristic Details of Proposed Boiler 46 2.13 Stack Emission Details Of Proposed DG Set 47 2.14 Details of Proposed Solvent Input, Recovery & 48 Loss [Product Wise]
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Table No Description Page No Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and 3.1 55 strahler Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long 3.2 55 Bein 3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by 55
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Horton 3.4 Frequency distribution wind directions and wind speed 60 3.5 Ambient air quality sampling locations 63 3.6 National ambient air quality standards 65-66 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values for all the 3.7 68 sampling locations 3.8 Ambient air quality, station : Project Site A1 69 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Station : Chandarda (A2) 70 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Station : Ghumasan (A3) 71 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Station : Jhulasan (A4) 72 3.12 Ambient Air Quality Station : Chhatral (A5) 73 3.13 Ambient Air Quality Station : Indrad (A6) 74 3.14 Ambient Air Quality Station : Irana (A7) 75 3.15 Ambient Air Quality Station : Rajpur (A8) 76 3.16 Ground water and Surface sampling locations 78 3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 80-81 3.18 Surface water quality the study area 82-83 3.19 Noise monitoring locations 86 3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 88 Traffic Study At SH - 41 Mehsana – Chhatral City (To & 3.21 90-91 From) 3.22 Soil sampling locations 92 3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 94-95 3.24 Standard Soil Classification 96 3.25 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps Prepared 97 3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 97 3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 98 3.28 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study Area 103 3.29 Sampling locations for flora and fauna study in study area 107 3.30 List of plants found in the project area 107 List of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers and 3.31 109-111 Herbaceous Species Found the Study Area 3.32 List of mammals observed in study area 113 3.33 List of reptiles and amphibians observed in study area 113 3.34 List of butterflies observed in study area 114 List of birds (Terrestrial & Aquatic) either spotted or 3.35 114-116 reported from the areas in and around the project site. 3.36 Population Distribution 117-118 Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study 3.37 119-120 Area 3.38 Occupational Structure in Study Area 121
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table No Description Page No 4.1 Emission Details From Proposed Boiler Stack 129 4.2 Emission Details From Dg Set Stack 130 4.3 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental 132 Concentrations 4.4 Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's 133 4.5 Total Water Requirement For Proposed Expansion 137 4.6 Total Waste Water Generation 137 4.7 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation And Disposal 139 Mode From Proposed Expansion
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table No Description Page No 6.1 Details of the Monitoring Program 149-150 6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 153 6.3 Responsibilities Of EMC 155-156
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT Table No Description Page No Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions Taken With 7.1 162-171 Mitigation Measures. 7.2 Solvents Inventory & Nature of Hazard 172 7.3 Severity Categories and Criteria 179 7.4 Risk Matrix 179 7.5 Risk Criteria and action Requirements 180 7.6 Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation 181 7.7 Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity 182 Damage Due To Humans, Structures and Equipment From 7.8 183 Overpressure Events
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Table No Description Page No 10.1 List of Plants Proposed for greenbelt 238-239 10.2 The details of the Monitoring Program 240 10.3 Proposed Water consumption details 242 10.4 Characteristics Details of proposed Boiler 246 10.5 Stack Emission Details of proposed DG set 246 10.6 Expected Effluent generation details 247 10.7 Expected HTDs & LTDs effluent details 247
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.8 Waste water generation kg per day -product wise 248 10.9 Hazardous / Solid waste generation and disposal Details 249 10.10 Solid Waste Generation – Product Wise Per Day 250 10.11 Available Rainwater (Annual) For Harvesting 252 10.12 Proposed Budget For Environmental Management Plan 253 [EMP]
LIST OF FIGURES
CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION Figure No Description Page No 2.1 Location map 9 2.2 Google Earth Map Surrounding Of Project 10 Area 2.3 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 11 2.4 Latest photographs of Proposed site 12 2.5 Topomap showing 10km radius 13 2.6 Infrastructure / Site plan details 15
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Figure No Description Page No 3.1 Showing Drainage Map Of The Project Study 57 Area 3.2 Windrose Diagram Period: Oct 2017 – Dec 2017 61 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 64 3.4 Ground & Surface Water Sampling Locations Map 79 3.5 Noise Sampling Locations Map 87 3.6 Soil Sampling Locations Map 93 3.7 Pie Diagram Showing Land Use The In Study 103 Area 3.8 Satellite Image Of The Study Area 104 3.9 Land Use / Land Cover Map Of The Study Area 105 3.10 Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in 119 the Study Area 3.11 The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in 120 Study Area 3.12 The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in 121 Study Area
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure No Description Page No 4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 134 4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 135 4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 136
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Index of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Figure No Description Page No 6.1 Organisational Structure of Environment Health & 154 Safety
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Figure No Description Page No 10.1 Flow chart of EMP 220 10.2 Schematic diagram of Proposed waste water 225 treatment – ZLD System 10.3 Flow chart for effluent treatment HTDS 226 10.4 Flow chart for effluent treatment LTDS 227 10.5 Flow chart for Effluent Treatment 228 10.6 Schematic diagram of MEE system 232 10.7 Schematic diagram Emissions Control 243 Scrubbing System 10.8 Roof water harvesting Structure 252 10.9 5 R concept 256
LIST OF ANNEXURES S. No Description Annexure No 1 First Consent & Authorization Annexure – I 2 Latest CFO Copy Annexure – II 3 TSDF Membership Copy Annexure – III 4 Public Hearing Minutes Annexure – IV 5 NABET Accreditation details Annexure – V
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF
EIA REPORT
OF NAVPAD PIGMENTS PVT. LTD.
For
Expansion of Existing Synthetic Organic Pigments Manufacturing Unit
AT
Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District,
Gujarat
PREPARED BY
Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.
Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: [email protected]
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd
1. INTRODUCTION Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd Proposed for expansion of their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. The proposed project cost is about Rs. 15.0 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development. As per the EIA Notification S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and require Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to IA – II Division, MoEF&CC GOI, New Delhi. The project proposal was considered and appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in its 22th Meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: J-11011/151/2017- IA II (I) Dated on 31st May 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017 and The Public Hearing was held on 13th June 2018 and PH Minutes are enclosed as Annexure - IV.
1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The salient features of the unit are furnished below.
Table-1: Salient Features of the Project Project location Details Latitude: 23° 20‘ 11.8" North Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 72°25'41.9" East Annual Max Temp is 47.8 0C Annual Min Temp is 2.2 0C Climatic Conditions Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Ahmedabad, 1981-2010 ) Land acquired for the plant 2.559 Acres (10357 Sq.m ) Nearest Habitation Chandarda Village 1.30 km (NNW) Major urban Settlements Ahmedabad - 29 km (SE) Nearest Highway State Highway No.41 – 0.47 km (W) Nearest Railway station Jhulasan Railway Station – 14.50 km (SE)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 1 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Nearest Airport Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport - 35 km (SE) Deco – Mica Ltd PTC Industries Ltd Ambuja Intermediates Milton Industries Ltd Rainbow paper Ltd Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ratnamani Metals & Tubes Ltd Jaywin Remedies Ltd Major Industries near the plant site Raajrathna metal Industries Ltd Shashi Pharma Windsor machines Ltd Gujarat Foils Ltd Johnson Controls-Hitachi Air Conditioning India Ltd. Cera Sanitaryware Ltd Asahi Songwon Colors Ltd. Pond near Chadasan - 3.83 km (SE) Pond near Indrad- 4.70 km (SW) Pond near Jhulasan - 5.00 km (ESE) Pansar lake - 6.52 km (SE) Water Bodies within 10 km radius Pond near Chhatral city - 6.49 km (SSE) Pond near Aldesan - 8.80 km (W) Narmada Canal – 9.25 km (SW) Pond near Isand - 8.69 km (SSE) Reserve Forest within 10 km radius None
2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of Synthetic Organic Pigments consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. The existing production capacity is 3.0 TPM and proposed production capacity after expansion will be 125 TPM (Given in Table -3). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials and cylinders with in factory premises.
Table- 2: Existing Products and Quantities Quantity S. No Product Name MT/Month 1 Pigment Violet 23 3.0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 2 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Table- 3: Proposed Products and Quantities Quantity Quantity S. No Product Name CAS No. MT/Month MT/Day Group-A 1 6358-30-1 / Pigment Violet 23 50.00 1.67 215247-95-3 Total 50.00 1.67 Group-B 1 Pigment Red 122 980-26- 7 25.00 0.83 2 Pigment Violet 19 1047-16-1 25.00 0.83 3 Pigment Beta blue (15:3) 147-14-8 75.00 2.5 4 Pigment Beta blue (15:4) 147-14-8 75.00 2.5 5 Carbazole 86-74-8 50.00 1.67 6 Solsperse 5000 86753-78-8 50.00 1.67 From Group-B products, we will manufacture with production capacity of 75mt/month for the combination of: either S.No.1& 5 75.00 2.5 (25+50) MT/month or S.No. 2&6 (25+50) MT/month or S.No. 3 75 MT/month or S.No.4 75MT/month Grand Total (Group-A + Group- 125.00 4.17 B)
2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES A) Land Use Details: The unit is in an existing area of 2.559 Acres (10357 SQM), the usage details are given table 3.
Table- 3: Proposed Land Use Details S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN ACRES AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 3359.00 0.830 32.44 2 Green Belt Area 4142.80 1.023 40.00 3 Roads & Open Area 2855.20 0.706 27.56 TOTAL 10357.00 2.559 100.00 40 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 3 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
B) Proposed Water Consumption Details Table- 4: Proposed Water Consumption Details S. No Purpose Water Input in KLD 1 Process & Washings 231.00 2 Boiler make up 29.00 3 Cooling towers make up 20.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 3.00 6 Gardening 3.00 Total 289.00
Out of Total Water consumption of 289 KLD an amount of 210 KLD of water will be recovered from ZLD effluent treatment system for reuse. Hence, Total fresh water requirement is 79 KLD and will be met from Ground Water.
C) Energy Requirement Power requirement of expansion project will be made available through Gujarat Electricity Board [GEB]. The power requirement of project will be 1500 KVA.
D) Utilities: For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 5.0 TPH coal fired boiler and existing 0.8 TPH boiler is dropped. The existing 2 Lakh K.Cal Thermic Fluid Heater is continued. The coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 1000 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
The emission details are presented in table No.6 & 7.
Table- 5: Details of Utilities Existing Proposed S. No Description Capacity Dropped Continued after expansion Steam Boiler 0.8TPH Dropped - 1 Coal Fired Boiler 5.0 TPH - - Proposed Thermic Fluid 2 2 Lakh K Cal - Continued - Heater 3 Cooling tower 250 TR - - Proposed 4 DG Set 1000 KVA - - Proposed Electricity supply 5 1500 KVA - - Proposed from GEB Fuel
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 4 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
6 Coal Proposed - 20 TPD 7 Diesel 160 Liters/Day
Table- 6: Emission Characteristic Details of Proposed Boiler Particulars Units 5.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler Indian Coal with CV of 4000 Type of Fuel -- kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 20.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1.0 Height of stack M 32 Diameter of Stack M 0.5 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 200 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 14 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.43 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.30 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 3.42 emission
Table- 7: Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG Set
Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO in dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in m OC in (m) in m/sec.
1000 KVA 65.23 20.53 25 0.20 145.0 11.0 12.24
E) Pollution Control Equipment: i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the cyclone separator at a definite interval. ii) Bag Filter: The boiler flue gases from cyclone separator enter into pack of bag filters, where particulate matter will be separated leaving as cake on bags surface. They are cleared by shaking or vibrating by pulse jet causing the filter cake to be loosened and to fall in the Hopper. iii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stack height of 32 mtrs will be provided for pollutants
(SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.
iv) Scrubbers: Two scrubbers of 2-Stage are proposed to scrub the HCl, NH3. The packing media in the scrubber is 25mm poly propylene rings.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 5 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis. The base line data were monitored during the study period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017. The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.
3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 2.2°C and 47.8°C respectively.
B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 69%.
C. Wind Pattern during Study Period Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency observed during study period is given in Table 3.5 and wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.7 The following observations can be made from the collected data; Calm period is observed to be 11.8 % during the time of monitoring. The predominant wind direction is NE, N & NNE.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 6 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in NNW direction. Average wind speed 1.5 m/s Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 - 2.1 m/sec, with frequency of distribution percentage of 77.6.
D. Rainfall No rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site. Average annual rainfall is 750.9 mm.
3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS Total eight locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results are presented in Table 10, 11 & 12 respectively.
3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12 week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations during period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 58.8 – 74.1 μg/ m3. The maximum concentration 74.1 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at Plant Site. The 3 concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m .
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 3 The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m . The maximum and th minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area were 21.5 – 33.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 33.1 μg/ m3 was at Plant Site. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 14.3 – 21.0 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 21.0 μg/
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 7 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3 m obtained at Plant Site. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in the range with 98th percentile values between 20.2 – 30.5 μg/ m3. A maximum value of 30.5 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Plant Site. The concentration 3 of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.37 – 0.76 mg/m3 respectively. Highest value 3 of 0.76 mg/ m was at the Rajpur. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3) th The maximum and minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3) monitored in the study area were 36.2 – 57.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 3 57.1 μg/ m was at Chhatral. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 8 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Table- 8: The Maximum, Minimum & 98th Percentile Values For All The Sampling Locations
3 3 3 3 3 3 Name of PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Sampling Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Location A1 Plant Site 61.4 74.5 74.1 20.3 34.5 33.1 12.5 21.4 21.0 21.8 30.5 30.5 0.10 0.39 0.37 28.5 41.3 40.8 A2 Chandarda 44.2 59.2 58.8 16.3 23.1 22.8 11.5 15.6 14.7 15.5 20.8 20.2 0.12 0.54 0.54 31.4 44.2 43.4 A3 Ghumasan 48.3 59.6 59.2 18.2 21.6 21.5 11.2 16.7 16.0 14.6 22.5 21.5 0.24 0.60 0.58 28.2 37.9 37.6 A4 Jhulasan 47.3 63.3 62.0 19.5 24.9 24.7 12.3 19.4 19.0 16.6 23.1 23.0 0.21 0.56 0.56 28.5 56.7 51.9 A5 Chhatral 55.2 69.6 69.5 20.1 24.6 24.5 12.4 16.0 16.0 16.2 21.0 20.8 0.21 0.68 0.67 30.3 57.3 57.1 A6 Indrad 53.4 62.6 62.1 19.2 25.0 24.8 10.5 14.5 14.3 17.0 21.5 21.3 0.31 0.58 0.57 25.0 48.1 47.3 A7 Irana 50.5 63.2 62.9 18.3 23.5 23.5 12.5 19.1 18.9 16.5 23.8 23.6 0.32 0.58 0.58 29.2 46.3 46.0 A8 Rajpur 52.5 61.8 61.2 16.6 22.9 22.8 10.3 15.0 14.8 21.9 29.7 29.2 0.61 0.76 0.76 21.6 38.3 36.2 NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 9 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.5 WATER QUALITY Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area. Ground water samples and surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in the study area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters to ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Table-9: Water Analysis Results Ground water Surface water S. No Parameters Min Max Min Max 1 pH 7.39 8.33 7.25 8.30
2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 495 645 445 655
3 Total hardness (mg/l) 170 230 130 250 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 115.7 185.2 116.5 200.6 5 Fluoride (mg/l) < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 6 Sulphates (mg/l) 31.6 72.3 34.5 82.6
Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods and the water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS-10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium, Fluorides.
3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 10 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday) Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 65.8 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A). Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be in the range of 51.7 dB(A) – 52.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65 dB(A). Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 46.2 dB (A) – 48.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight) Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 52.1 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A). Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be in the range of 41.4 dB(A) – 42.5 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A). Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 31.8 dB(A) to 35.1 dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
Table-10: Noise Levels of the Study Area
Day Time CPCB Night Time CPCB S. Name of the Category of in Leq Standard in Leq Standard No Location Area/zone dB (A) Day Time dB (A) Night time
1. Project Site Industrial 65.8 75dB (A) 52.1 70dB (A)
2. Nandasan Residential 48.2 55dB (A) 31.8 45dB (A) 3. Ghumasan Residential 48.3 55dB (A) 35.0 45dB (A) 4. Jhulasan Residential 46.2 55dB (A) 33.0 45dB (A)
5. Chhatral Commercial 52.1 65dB (A) 42.5 55dB (A) 6. Kadi Commercial 51.7 65dB (A) 41.4 55dB (A) 7. Rajpur Residential 48.6 55dB (A) 35.1 45dB (A)
8. Kherpur Residential 47.0 55dB (A) 32.4 45dB (A)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 11 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT On data obtained, the soil quality at around the site is appropriate and normal in terms of soil contaminants.
3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Rabi year 2016) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.
Table-11: Land Use / Land Cover of the Study Area Area in Area in S. No LANDUSE SQ.KM Percentage (%) 1 Built Up Land 30.458 9.7 2 Water Bodies 7.536 2.4 4 Crop Land 252.77 80.5 5 Waste Lands 23.236 7.4 Total 314 100
3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE The total population of the study area is 1,11,242 in which male and female population constitutes about 52.03% and 47.97% in the study area respectively. The literate male and female in the study area are 45817 and 34775 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 79.15% with male and 65.17% with female respectively. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 35,984 (32.34 %) and 5,935 (5.33%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 69,323 (62.31%) constitutes non-workers All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose and common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also are provided with Domestic Water.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 12 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 EXPECTED AIR ENVIRONMENT A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS
The Predicted Process emissions are H2, O2, NH3 & HCl which are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
Table-12: Process Emission Details S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity Treatment Method Diffused by using Nitrogen through 1 Hydrogen 180 Kg/Day Flame arrestor 2 Hydrogen chloride 272 Kg/Day Scrubbed by using chilled water media 3 Ammonia 705 Kg/Day Scrubbed by using Chilled water media 4 Oxygen 245 Kg/Day Dispersed into the atmosphere
4.2 PROPOSED PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM Scrubbers with 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) & 300mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) capacities will be installed for control of process emissions. The Schematic diagram of emission control system is given below.
FIGURE-1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 13 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
B. Emissions from Boiler The Particulate matter generated from 5 TPH Boiler will be controlled by using cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by providing adequate stack of height of 32 mtrs for effective dispersion and dilution. The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible limits as specified by NAAQ Standards.
Table 13: Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's Maximum Incremental NAAQ Resultant Baseline Concentrations due Standards Pollutant Concentration Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 74.1 1.57 75.67 100
SO2 21.0 2.15 23.15 80 NOx 30.5 3.59 34.09 80
4.3 Expected Effluent Water Details The waste water generation will be 288.50 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given below.
Table-14: Expected Effluent Generation Details
S.No Purpose Effluent in KLD 1 Process & Washings 275.00 2 Boiler Blow down 4.00 3 Cooling towers Blow down 4.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 2.50 Total 288.50
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 14 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Table-15: Expected HTDS & LTDS Effluent Generation Details HTDS LTDS Effluent S. No Purpose Disposal Method in KLD in KLD in KLD HTDS Effluent sent to 1 Process & Washings 243.00 32.00 275.00 MEESystem.MEE Condensate sent to Biological treatment.
2 Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00 LTDS Effluents along with Domestic sewage sent to ETP, Cooling towers Blow treated effluent sent to RO 3 0.00 4.00 4.00 Down followed by MEE & ATFD.
4 Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water recovered for reuse 5 Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50 MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF. Total 246.00 42.50 288.50
Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment and RO will be installed to treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water. The MEE System with 350 KLD Capacity & RO system with 250 KLD Capacity will be installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.
4.4 Noise Environment The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increases the noise levels. All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.
4.5 Land Environment The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 15 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.6 Ecological Environment Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged on ecology.
4.7 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details The Hazardous / Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed expansion project are given below.
Table- 16: Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details Name of the Solid/ S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Organic waste (Process 1 2296.30 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries Residue) 2 Solvent Distillation Residue 1868.41 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries 3 MEE Salts 7805.82 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF 4 ETP Sludge 500 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF Disposed to SPCB 5 Used Oils 300 Ltrs/Annum Authorized Reprocessors. Disposed to SPCB 6 Container liners 400 No’s/Month Authorized agencies. 7 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2.0 No’s/Annum Buyback of New Batteries. Sent to Brick 8 Ash from boiler 7.0 TPD Manufacturers
4.8. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction (preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 16 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity. Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.
5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE A) Air Pollution Management The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors. Adequate stack height of 32 Mtrs will be provided to the 5 TPH coal fired boiler respectively. Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag filters will be provided to the boiler. In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.
B) Water Pollution Management Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system. The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 350 KLD capacity, Biological Treatment system of 250 KLD and RO system with 250 KLD capacities for treatment of 288.50 KLD effluents generated from plant operations. Total Water requirement is 289 KLD out of which 210 KLD water recovered from ZLD system is reused. The fresh water of 79 KLD will be met from ground water source. Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table. Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 17 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
C) Noise Pollution Management Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will be provided, if required. Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation. Greenbelt Development.
D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following Mitigation measures are proposed:
There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage.
The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.
The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse.
E) Green Belt Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 1.023 Acres (4142.80 Sq.m). The industry will spend 4 Lakhs as capital cost for planting of samplings. Lists of plants suitable for greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA Report.
F) Solvent Recovery Solvents will be recovered upto 95% using distillation column and necessary cooling condensers.
5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd will have a dedicated Environmental Management Cell with experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the plant including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 18 -
Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registration / NABL Accredited Laboratory.
6. PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in this industry. The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings Area Roof Top.
Table- 17: Available Rainwater (Annual) For Harvesting Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 3359 0.75 0.8 2015.4 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 2015
FIGURE-2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
7. EMP BUDGET The unit has proposed for 225 Lakhs as capital cost and 40 Lakhs as recurring cost for environment pollution control measures.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 19 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Table- 18: Proposed Budget For Environmental Management Plan [EMP] Proposed Recurring S. No Particulars Capital Cost Cost (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) Pollution Control Equipment 1 (Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter , 15.0 4.0 Sampling port arrangements etc.,) ZLD System 2 200 30.0 (MEE, RO, ETP system) Rain Water Harvesting 3 (Roof top water collection pit and Roof top water 3.0 1.0 towards the rain water harvesting pit) Green Belt Development 4 4.0 1.0 (Plantation and Maintenance) Health & Safety 5 3.0 2.0 (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,) Environmental Monitoring 6 (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue 0.0 2.0 gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,) Total 225 40
8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be definitely increased due to the proposed project.
9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS Proposed expansion project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical persons will be recruited from outside.
10.0 CONCLUSION Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-Discharge System for all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-Disposal of all Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing wastes.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 20 - Executive Summary of EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 21 - CHAPTER -I
INTRODUCTION EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER- I INTRODUCTION
1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Proposed for expansion of their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. The existing unit is in an area of 2.559 Acres (10357 SQM). The proposed expansion project cost is about Rs. 15 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
The nearest habitation from the site is Chandarda Village at a distance of 1.30 km (NNW). The nearest railway station is Jhulasan Railway Station at a distance of 14.50 km (SE) from the site. The nearest airport is Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport at a distance of 35 km (SE). The Nearest road ways State Highway No.41 – 0.47 km (W). The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 23°20'11.8"N, Longitude: 72°25'41.9"E.
The Industry intends to expand their Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit which requires Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi, Consent for Establishment and Consent for Operation from State pollution control Board. In accordance with this Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd has entrusted the EIA studies to Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and preparation of EIA/EMP report in order to obtain Environmental Clearance.
1.1.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS Mr. Kirit Kothari, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, He started Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. in the year 1979. He manages all operations of the company, including infrastructure technology and production facility. For more than four decades, he has been involved in a broad range of developmental and research activities in the pigment industry.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Mr. Jinen Kothari, Managing Director, He Studied Chemical Engineering and joined his family business in 2010 as Managing Director. Mr. Kothari since then has been instrumental in global expansion, business development and integration of business systems and planning. During his tenure at Navpad, he has led the company to achieve double-digit growth through increasing test volumes for clients and the addition of new, value-added services in the European, North and South American markets.
Mr. Rushabh Kothari, Director, he has a background in Electrical and Electronics Engineering and joined the family business in 2013. He currently serves as Director at Navpad and has led the company to success and growth in the Asian and Middle Eastern market. He continues to be responsible for Navpad’s global expansion strategy and for setting the direction of the company in the rapidly growing pigment market.
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and require Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to IA – II Division, MoEF&CC GOI, New Delhi. The project proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in its 22nd Meeting held during 17th - 18th April, 2017 and EAC advised to reduce the water consumption by 50%. Accordingly we have reduced the production quantity, water consumption & pollution loads. The revised proposal was sent to the MoEF &CC through Email communication. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: J-11011/151/2017-IA II (I) Dated on 31st May 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017. The Public Hearing was held on 13th June 2018 and PH Minutes are enclosed as Annexure - IV.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 2 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
1.3 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.3.1 OBJECTIVE The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Government of India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), issued a circular making it mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of industries. Bulk Drugs & Intermediates is one of them, occupying 5th place. The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi, and Consents from State Pollution Control Board is not attached since the same is to be obtained, after obtaining the EC. Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season (Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of State Pollution Control (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change as per their requirements. 1.3.2 SCOPE OF STUDY 1.3.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio- economic status of area. To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts due to proposed expansion project. Collection and testing of water sources and soil. To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase. Green Belt development.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 3 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
1.3.2.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 km radius of the plant site.
1.3.2.3 REGULATORY SCOPING Obtaining Consents for Establishment & Operations from State Pollution control board.
1.3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd., Proposed to expand their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit. Pigments are used in printing inks, plastics, rubber, paints and coatings. High performance pigments (HPP) and special effect pigments, such as metallic and pearlescent, are used as automotive coatings. Easy availability of Raw materials, Infrastructure and Man power results in the availability of cheaper products than imported products and also revenue to the state. Due to the above reasons, hence it is justified to expand the existing industry at the location.
1.4 PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE WITH SELECTION CRITERIA. TABLE 1.1: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE. Project Location Details Latitude: 23°20'11.8"N Latitude & Longitude Longitude: 72°25'41.9"E Annual Max Temp is 47.8 0C Annual Min Temp is 2.2 0C Climatic Conditions Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, Ahmedabad 1981-2010) Land acquired for the plant 2.559 Acres (10357 Sq.m) Land use Industrial use Nearest Habitation Chandarda Village 1.30 km (NNW) Major urban Settlements Ahmedabad - 29 km (SE) State Highway No.41 – 0.47 km (W) Nearest Highway
Jhulasan Railway Station – 14.50 km (SE) Nearest Railway station
Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport - 35 km Nearest Airport (SE) National Parks None within 10 km radius. Major Industries near the Deco – Mica Ltd plant site PTC Industries Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 4
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Project Location Details Ambuja Intermediates Milton Industries Ltd Rainbow paper Ltd Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ratnamani Metals & Tubes Ltd Jaywin Remedies Ltd Raajrathna metal Industries Ltd Shashi Pharma Windsor machines Ltd Sandvik Asia Pvt Ltd Gujarat Foils Ltd Johnson Controls-Hitachi Air Conditioning India Ltd. Cera Sanitaryware Ltd Asahi Songwon Colors Ltd. Wild life sanctuary None Pond near Chadasan - 3.83 km (SE) Pond near Indrad- 4.70 km (SW) Pond near Jhulasan - 5.00 km (ESE) Water Bodies within 10 km Pansar lake - 6.52 km (SE) radius. Pond near Chhatral city - 6.49 km (SSE) Pond near Aldesan - 8.80 km (W) Narmada Canal – 9.25 km (SW) Pond near Isand - 8.69 km (SSE) Reserve Forest within 10 None km radius. This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate, Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Socio-Economic Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 km Radius of the plant Site.
1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 5
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.2 highlights the relevant environmental legislations applicable to this project.
TABLE 1.2: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT Applicability S. coordinating Legal frame work Objectives of the policy to the No authority project Environmental Legality Prohibits the discharge of Water (Prevention pollutants into water bodies 1 and Control of CPCB beyond a given standard, and Applicable pollution) Act, 1974 lays down penalties for non- compliance Water (Prevention Provides for a levy and collection and Control of 2 SPCB of a cess on water consumed by Applicable Pollution) Cess Act, industries and local authorities 1977 Air (Prevention and Provides means for the control 3 Control of Pollution) CPCB Applicable and abatement of air pollution. Act, 1981 Defined the procedures for The Air(Prevention conducting meetings of the and Control of 4 CPCB boards, the powers of the Applicable Pollution) Rules, presiding officers, decision- 1982 making etc An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to Public Liability Director of the persons affected by accident 5 Applicable Insurance Act, 1991 Factories occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto Environment Ministry of Ensure that appropriate (Protection) Act, Environment, measures are taken to conserve 1986 (EPA) followed Forest and 6 and protect the Environment Applicable by amendment in Climatic before commencement of May1994 (Schedule- Change operations. I) (MoEF&CC) Environmental Under its ambit, 32 types of Impact Assessment industries are liable to opt for 7 MoEF&CC Applicable Notification no. S.O. Environmental clearance from 1533 MoEF&CC by providing adequate
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 6 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Applicability S. coordinating Legal frame work Objectives of the policy to the No authority project EIA report Lay down the procedures for The Environment setting standards of emission or 8 (Protection) Rules, CPCB Applicable discharge of environmental 1986 pollutants The Hazardous Procedure for inventory, control, Wastes management handling and disposal of (Management and hazardous waste. Provide for 9 SPCB Applicable Handling) Rules, setting up of disposal sites/landfill 1989 and amended sites design, operation and in 2000 closure Solid Waste Procedure for management and 10 Management Rules, SPCB Applicable handling of solid wastes 2016 Batteries (Management and To ensure that the used batteries 11 Handling) SPCB are collected back as per the Applicable Amendment Rules, schedule against new batteries 2010 Procedure to recovery/and/or E- Waste reuse of useful material from 12 (Management SPCB Applicable waste electrical and electronic Rules), 2016 equipment
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 7
CHAPTER -II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER-II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd., Proposed for expansion their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. The existing unit is in an area of 2.559 Acres (10357 SQM). The proposed expansion project cost is about Rs. 15 Crores, which includes construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
2.2 LOCATION The existing plant site offers good connectivity and infrastructure availability. The site is connected to State Highway No. 41, also through internal road network of Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd, The unit is located about 9.20 km from Kadi town. The Nearest Railway Station Jhulasan is at distance of 14.5 km. Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport which is about 35 km from the site.
2.3 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the Authorities from construction stage.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP
NAVPAD PIGMENTS PVT. LTD.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 9
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SURROUNDING OF PROJECT AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 10
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.3: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 11 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.4: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 12
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.5: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10KM RADIUS
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 13
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.4 SITE / INFRASTRUCTURE DETAILS: Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. is a Brownfield project, which intended to expand their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat in an existing area of 2.559 Acres (10357 Sq.m). The project area falls at the intersection of Latitude: 23°20'11.8" North, Longitude: 72°25'41.9" East. The nearest railway station is Jhulasan Railway Station which is 14.50 km (SE). The State Highway - 41 is 0.47 km (W) from the plant site. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.
TABLE 2.1: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN ACRES AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 3359.00 0.830 32.44 2 Green Belt Area 4142.80 1.023 40.00 3 Roads & Open Area 2855.20 0.706 27.56 TOTAL 10357.00 2.559 100.00
40 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 14
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 2.6: SITE PLAN
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 15 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The manufacturing process of Synthetic Organic Pigments consists of chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. The existing production capacity is 3.0 TPM and proposed production capacity after expansion will be 125 TPM. (Given in Table - 2.2 & 2.3). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials and cylinders with in factory premises.
TABLE 2.2: LIST OF EXISTING PRODUCT AND CAPACITY Quantity S. No Product Name MT/Month 1 Pigment Violet 23 3.0
TABLE 2.3: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES AFTER EXPANSION Quantity Quantity S. No Product Name CAS No. MT/Month MT/Day Group-A 6358-30-1 / 1 Pigment Violet 23 50.00 1.67 215247-95-3 Total 50.00 1.67 Group-B 1 Pigment Red 122 980-26- 7 25.00 0.83 2 Pigment Violet 19 1047-16-1 25.00 0.83 3 Pigment Beta blue (15:3) 147-14-8 75.00 2.5 4 Pigment Beta blue (15:4) 147-14-8 75.00 2.5 5 Carbazole 86-74-8 50.00 1.67 6 Solsperse 5000 86753-78-8 50.00 1.67 From Group-B products, we will manufacture with production capacity of 75mt/month for the combination of: either S.No.1& 5 75.00 2.5 (25+50) MT/month or S.No. 2&6 (25+50) MT/month or S.No. 3 75 MT/month or S.No.4 75MT/month Grand Total (Group-A + Group- 125.00 4.17 B)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 16
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.5.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS PIGMENT VIOLET 23 Process description Stage-1 Step-A Carbazole undergoes Ethylation with Diethylsulphate in presence of Sodium hydroxide and Mono chloro benzene to give Step-A compound.
Step-B Step-A compound undergoes Nitration with Nitric acid in presence of Mono chloro benzene to give Step-B compound.
Step-C Step-B compound undergoes Hydrogenation with Hydrogen in presence of Ortho di chloro benzene and Raney Nickel to give Step-C compound.
Step-D Step-C compound undergoes condensation with Chloranil in presence of Methanol and Sodium acetate to give Step-D compound.
Step-E Step-D compound undergoes Cyclisation with Benzene sulfonyl chloride in presence of Methanol and Water to give Pigment Violet 23.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 17
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 23 Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 Step-A
O O N S Mono chloro N H C O 3 O benzene C2H5 H + CH3 + 2 NaOH
Carbazole Di ethyl sulphate 80.00 9-Ethyl-9H- C12H9N C4H10O4S carbazole C H N 167.21 154.18 14 13 195.26
C H OH + H O + Na2SO4 + 2 5 2 142.04 46.07 18.02 Step-B
NO2
N Mono chloro N benzene C H C H 2 5 + HNO3 2 5 + H2O 18.02 9-Ethyl-9H- 63.01 9-Ethyl-3-nitro- carbazole 9H-carbazole C H N 14 13 C14H12N2O2 195.26 240.26
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 18
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-C
NO2 NH2
N Ortho di chloro N benzene C2H5 + H C2H5 2 + O2 9-Ethyl-3-nitro- 2.02 9-Ethyl-9H-carbazol 32.00 9H-carbazole -3-ylamine C H N O 14 12 2 2 C14H14N2 240.26 210.27
Step-D
NH2 O Cl Cl
N Cl Cl Sodium Acetate 2 C2H5 + O Methanol 9-Ethyl-9H-carbazol Chloranil -3-ylamine C6Cl4O2 C H N 14 14 2 245.88 210.27 x 2=420.54 C2H5 Cl H N O N
N O N H + 2 HCl Cl C H 2 5 72.92 2,5-Dichloro-3,6-bis-(9-ethyl-9H-carbazol -2-ylamino)-[1,4]benzoquinone
C34H26Cl2N4O2 593.50
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 19 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-E C H Cl 2 5 H N O N
N O N H Cl Benzene sulfonyl chloride C2H5 2,5-Dichloro-3,6-bis-(9-ethyl-9H-carbazol -2-ylamino)-[1,4]benzoquinone
C34H26Cl2N4O2 593.50
Cl C2H5 O N N
N N O + 2 H2 C H Cl 2 5 4.03 Pigment Violet 23
C34H22Cl2N4O2 589.47
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 20
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 23 Flowchart: MCB Carbazole DES Ethylation waste water Sodium Hydroxide Water
Dilute Nitric acid MCB Ice Nitration Waste water Water Dilute Nitric Acid ODCB Hydrogen Spent Raney Nickel Raney Nickel Reduction Waste water Water ODCB
Chloranil Sodium acetate ODCB Condensation/Cyclisation Benzene Sulfonyl chloride Methanol ODCB Waste water Methanol Water
Dryer
DEG DEG Pigmentation Salt Waste water Water
Dryer
Pigment Violet 23
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 21
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 23 Material Balance: Material Balance of Pigment Violet 23 Stage-1 Batch Size: 1100Kgs Name of the input Quantity in Name of the out put Quantity Kg in Kg Carbazole 1100.00 Pigment Violet 23 1100.00 Di ethyl sulphate 1000.00 Mono chloro benzene Recovery 950.00 Sodium hydroxide (40%) 1300.00 Mono chloro benzene loss 20.00 Dilute Nitric acid (30%) 1220.00 Ortho di chloro benzene Recovery 17338.00 Hydrogen 10.00 Ortho di chloro benzene loss 365.00 Chloranil 605.00 Methanol Recovery 7980.00 Ortho di chloro benzene 18250.00 Methanol loss 168.00 Phase Transfer catalyst 30.00 Diethylene glycol Recovery 1512.00 Mono chloro benzene 1000.00 Effluent Water 63359.00 Benzenesulfonyl chloride 50.00 (Water-60250, generated Water-122,Sodium Sulphate-934, Ethanol-303, Methanol-120, Water from Nitric acid-854 Water from Sodium hydroxide-776) Sodium acetate 50.00 Raney nickel Recovery 25.00 Methanol 8400.00 Process Emission 349.40 Raney Nickel 25.00 (Hydrogen-9, Hydrogen chloride-179.4, Oxygen-161) Diethylene glycol 1512.00 Spent Phase Transfer catalyst 30.00 Ice 2500.00 Organic Residue 1605.60 Process water 46000.00 (Process Residue- 896.6 (Sodium acetate-50, Benzene Sulfonyl chloride-50) Distillation Residue-709 (Methanol-132, Mono chloro benzene-30, Ortho di chloro benzene-547) Water for washing 11750.00 Total 94802.00 Total 94802.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 22 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT RED 122 Process description: Stage-1 Step-A Di methyl succino succinate undergoes condensed with p-Tolylamine in presence of Methanol to give Step-A compound.
Step-B Step-A compound undergoes Hydrolysis with Sodium hydroxide in presence of Methanol and Hydrochloric acid to give Step-B compound.
Step-C Step-B compound undergoes Cyclisation with Phosphorus pentoxide and Phosphoric acid in presence of DMF and Water to give Pigment Red 122.
PIGMENT RED 122
Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 Step-A
O O NH2 CH O 3 O H3C
O O + 2 CH3 Methanol
DiMethyl succino p-Tolylamine succinate C7H9N C10H12O6 107.15 X 2=214.30 228.20
H3C O O H H3C N
N CH H 3 O O CH 3 + 2 H2O 2,5-Bis-p-tolylamino-cyclohexa-1,4- 36.03 diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester C24H26N2O4 406.47
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 23
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-B H C 3 O O H H3C N
N CH3 H O O CH3 + 2 NaOH + 2 HCl Methanol 2,5-Bis-p-tolylamino-cyclohexa-1,4- 80.00 72.92 diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester
C24H26N2O4 406.47 O HO H H3C N
N CH H 3 OH + 2 NaCl + 2 CH OH O 3 2,5-Bis-p-tolylamino-cyclohexa 116.89 64.08 -1,4-diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid C22H22N2O4 378.42 Step-C O HO H H3C N
H3PO4 , P2O5 N CH3 H DMF OH O 2,5-Bis-p-tolylamino-cyclohexa -1,4-diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid C22H22N2O4 378.42 O H H3C N
N CH3 H O + 2 H2O + H2 Pigment Red 122 36.03 2.02 C22H16N2O2 340.37
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 24 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT RED 122 Flowchart: DMSS Para Toludine Methanol Hcl Condensation Waste water Methanol Water Methanol Hydrolysis Methanol Caustic soda Water Resist Salt Water Phosphorous Pentoxide Cyclisation waste water Phosphoric acid Water
Drying
DMF Pigmentation DMF water Waste water
Drying
Pigment Red 122
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 25 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT RED 122 Material Balance: Material Balance of Pigment Red 122 Stage-1 Batch Size: 1000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Dimethyl succino succinate 800.00 Pigment Red 122 1000.00 p-Tolylamine 880.00 DMF recovery 9500.00 Sodium hydroxide 257.50 DMF loss 200.00 Hydrochloric acid 234.00 Methanol Recovery 14630.00 Phosphorus pentoxide 1860.00 Methanol loss 308.00 Phosphoric acid 3200.00 Effluent water 101788.69 DMF 10000.00 (Water-100000, Generated water-236.55, Methanol-306.14, Resist salt-720, Sodium chloride-376, DMF-150) Methanol 15400.00 Process emission 6.00 Resist salt 720.00 (Hydrogen) Water 100000.00 Spent Phosphorus pentoxide 1860.00 Spent Phosphoric acid 3200.00 Organic Residue 858.81 (Process Residue-346.81, Distillation Residue-512, (Methanol-362, DMF-150) Total 133351.50 Total 133351.50
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 26
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 19 Process description: Stage-1 Step-A Di methyl succino succinate undergoes condensed with Aniline in presence of Methanol to give Step-A compound.
Step-B Step-A compound undergoes Hydrolysis with Sodium hydroxide in presence of Methanol and Hydrochloric acid to give Step-B compound.
Step-C Step-B compound undergoes Cyclisation with Phosphorus pentoxide and Phosphoric acid in presence of DMF and Water to give Pigment Red 19.
PIGMENT VIOLET 19 Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 Step-A O
H3C O O NH2 O O CH3 Methanol O + 2 Di methyl Aniline Succino Succinate C6H7N C10H12O6 228.20 93.13 X 2=186.26
H3C O O H N
N H O O CH3 + 2 H2O 2,5-Bis-phenylamino-cyclohexa-1,4-diene- 36.03 1,4-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester
C22H22N2O4 378.42
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 27 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-B
H3C O O H N
N H O O Methanol 2 NaOH + 2 HCl CH3 + 2,5-Bis-phenylamino-cyclohexa-1,4-diene- 80.00 72.92 1,4-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester
C22H22N2O4 378.42 O HO H N
N H OH O + 2 NaCl + 2 CH3OH
2,5-Bis-phenylamino-cyclohexa- 116.89 64.08 1,4-diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid C20H18N2O4 350.37
Step-C
O HO O H H N N
H3PO4 , P2O5 N N H DMF OH H O O
2,5-Bis-phenylamino-cyclohexa- Pigment Violet 19 1,4-diene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid C20H12N2O2 C20H18N2O4 312.32 350.37
+ 2 H2O + H2 36.03 2.02
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 28
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 19 DMSS Aniline Methanol Hcl Condensation Methanol Waste water Water
Caustic Lye Methanol Methanol Hydrolysis waste water Resist Salt Water Phosphorous Pentoxide Spent Phosphorous pentoxide Phosphoric acid cyclisation and Phosphoric acid Water waste water
Dryer
DMF Pigmentation DMF water Waste water
Pigment Violet 19
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 29 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT VIOLET 19 Material Balance: Material Balance of Pigment Violet 19 Stage-1 Batch Size: 1000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Dimethyl succino succinate 800.00 Pigment Violet 19 1000.00 Aniline 770.00 DMF recovery 9500.00 Sodium hydroxide 274.00 DMF loss 200.00 Hydrochloric acid 251.30 Methanol Recovery 12379.00 Phosphorus pentoxide 1860.00 Methanol loss 260.00 Phosphoric acid 3200.00 Effluent water 101838.62 DMF 10000.00 (Water-100000, Generated water-245, Methanol-320.82, Resist salt-720, Sodium chloride-402.8, DMF-150) Methanol 13030.00 Process emission 7.00 Resist salt 720.00 (Hydrogen) Water 100000.00 Spent Phosphorus pentoxide 1860.00 Spent Phosphoric acid 3200.00 Organic Residue 660.68 (Process Residue-219.68, Distillation Residue-441, (Methanol-291, DMF-150) Total 130905.30 Total 130905.30
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 30
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:3 Process Description: Stage-1 CPC Blue Crude undergoes Pigmentation in Caustic Lye Hydrochloric acid and Xylene /IBA to give Pigment Beta Blue 15:3
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:3
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
N N
N N N N N Cu N N Cu N N N N N
N Caustic Lye , Xylene/IBA,HCl N
CPC Blue Crude Pigment Beta Blue(15:3)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 31 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:3 Flowchart:
CPC Blue Milling Salt (Ball Mill)
IBA/Xylene Caustic Flakes Reaction IBA/Xylene Water GLR waste water Hcl
water Filtration waste water
Drying
Pigment Beta Blue 15:3
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:3 Material Balance: Material Balance of Pigment Beta Blue15:4 Stage-1 Batch Size: 1000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg CPC Blue Crude 1030.00 Pigment Beta Blue15:3 1000.00 Salt 200.00 IBA / Xylene Recovery 475.00 Dilute HCl 13.00 IBA / Xylene loss 10.00 Caustic soda flakes 15.00 Effluent water 13755.00 IBA / Xylene 500.00 (Water-13527, Salt-200, Hydrochloric acid-13, Sodium hydroxide-15) Water for washing 9527.00 Organic Residue 45.00 Water 4000.00 (Proces Residue-30, Distillation Residue-15 (IBA / Xylene-15) Total 15285.00 Total 15285.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 32
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:4 Process Description: Stage-1 CPC Blue Crude undergoes Pigmentation in Caustic Lye Hydrochloric acid and Xylene /IBA to give Pigment Beta Blue 15:4.
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:4 Route of Synthesis:
N N
N N N N N Cu N N Cu N N N N N
N Caustic Lye , Xylene/IBA,HCl N
CPC Blue Crude Pigment Beta Blue(15:4)
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:4 Flowchart:
CPC Blue Milling Salt (Ball Mill)
IBA/Xylene Caustic Flakes Reaction IBA/Xylene Water waste water Hcl
water Filtration waste water
Drying /SFD
Pigment Beta Blue 15:4
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 33 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:4 Material Balance: Material Balance of Pigment Beta Blue15:4 Stage-1 Batch Size: 1000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg CPC Blue Crude 1030.00 Pigment Beta Blue15:4 1000.00 Salt 200.00 IBA / Xylene Recovery 475.00 Dilute HCl 13.00 IBA / Xylene loss 10.00 Caustic soda flakes 15.00 Effluent water 13755.00 IBA / Xylene 500.00 (Water-13527, Salt-200, Hydrochloric acid-13, Sodium hydroxide-15) Water for washing 9527.00 Organic Residue 45.00 Water 4000.00 (Proces Residue-30, Distillation Residue-15 (IBA / Xylene-15) Total 15285.00 Total 15285.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 34
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CARBAZOLE Process Description: Stage-1 Step-A: Aniline undergoes Diazotisation with Sodium nitrite and Hydrochloric acid, further it is reduced with sodium sulphite and Caustic Lye to give Step-A compound d.
Step-B Step-A compound reacts with Cyclohexanone in presence of water to give Step-B compound.
Step-C Step-B compound undergoes dehydrogenation inpresence of Caustice Lye and Raney Nickel to give Carbazole.
CARBAZOLE
Route of Synthesis: Stage-1 Step-A
NH2 Caustic Lye N NH + NaNO H 2 2 + Na2SO3 + HCl Phenyl-hydrazine Aniline 69.00 126.04 36.46 C6H8N2 C H N 6 7 108.14 93.13
NaOCl + Na2SO4 + 142.04 74.44
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 35 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-B O
NH N 2 H + Acetic Acid N H + NH + H2O Phenyl-hydrazine Cyclohexanone 3 2,3,4,9-Tetrahydro- 18.02 C6H8N2 17.03 C6H10O 1H-carbazole 108.14 98.14 C12H13N 171.24
Step-C
Raney Nickel N N H Caustic Lye H + 2 H2 2,3,4,9-Tetrahydro- Carbazole 4.03 1H-carbazole C12H9N C H N 12 13 167.21 171.24
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 36
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CARBAZOLE Flowchart:
Ice Diazotization Solution water water (A) (B) Hcl Caustic flakes Aniline Sodium sulphite Sodium nitrite Reduction
Hcl Condensation Cyclohexanone
Filtration waste water
Drying
Raney Nickel Dehydrogenation
water Dumping
Filtration Waste water
Carbazole
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 37 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CARBAZOLE Material Balance: Material Balance of Carbazole Stage-1 Batch Size: 1000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Aniline 770.00 Carbazole 1000.00 Sodium nitrite 570.00 Effluent water 37773.20 Sodium sulfite 1042.00 (Water-34000, Generated water-581.2 Sodium sulfate-1174, Sodium chloride-1403, Sodium hypochlorite-615) Hydrochloric acid (33%) 10000.00 Spent Hydrochloric acid 8822.00 Cyclohexanone 813.00 Process emission 174.30 Raney Nickel 120.00 (Ammonia-141,Hydrogen-33.3) Sodium hydroxide 960.00 Raney Nickel Reused 120.00 Ice 12000.00 Organic Residue 385.50 Process water 16000.00 Washing water 6000.00 Total 48275.00 Total 48275.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 38
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
SOLSPERSE 5000 Process Description: Stage-1 Step-A Copperphthalocyanine undergoes Sulfonation with Oleuim in presence of Water to give Step-A compound.
Step-B Step-A compound undergoes Amination with Quaternary to give Solsperse 5000
SOLSPERSE 5000
Stage-1
Step-A SO H HO3S 3 N N N N N N N Cu N N Cu N N N N N N N H SO . SO + 2 4 3 HO3S SO3H copper phthalocyanine Olium
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 39
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Step-B
SO3H HO3S N N N N Cu N N N N
HO3S Quaternary SO3H + Amine
(SO2NH-g)b a(g-HNO2S) N
N N N Cu N N N N
d(g-HNO2S) (SO2NH-g)C
Solsperse 5000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 40 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
SOLSPERSE 5000 Flowchart: Copper Pthalocynine Oleum Sulphonation Ice water
water Filtration waste water
Arguaed 2H775 Amination
water Filtration waste water
Drying
Solsperse 5000
SOLSPERSE 5000 Material Balance: Material Balance of Solsperse 5000 Stage-1 Batch Size: 2000Kgs Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity in Kg in Kg Copper phthalocyanine 1000.00 Solsperse 5000 2000.00 Oleum 5000.00 Oleum water 6000.00 Ice 3000.00 Effluent water 38000.00 Water 33000.00 (water-38000) Arguaed 2H775(Quaternary 2000.00 amine) Water for washing 2000.00 Total 46000.00 Total 46000.00
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 41
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.6 POLLUTION LOAD Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is given in below table 2.4
TABLE 2.4: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS IN PER DAY QUANTITES Product Effluent Details Solid waste Details Distillat Emissions S.N ion Water Spent Total ion Product Name Water In Total Inorg o Capacit Input TDS COD HTDS LTDS Organic carbo solid Residu Process Fugitive Effluent Effluent anic y n waste e Kg/Mon Kg/D Kg/Da Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day th ay y Group-A 1 Pigment Violet 23 50000 91287.88 93942.42 1415.15 1232.23 95998.48 0.00 95998.48 1358.48 0.00 0.00 1358.48 1074.24 529.39 837.88 Total 50000 91287.88 93942.42 1415.15 1232.23 95998.48 0.00 95998.48 1358.48 0.00 0.00 1358.48 1074.24 529.39 837.88 Group-B 1 Pigment Violet 19 25000 83333.33 83537.50 935.67 592.28 84865.52 0.00 84865.52 295.32 0.00 0.00 295.32 367.50 5.83 383.33 2 Pigment Red 122 25000 83333.00 83530.46 913.33 573.93 84823.91 0.00 84823.91 289.01 0.00 0.00 289.01 426.67 5.00 423.33 Pigment Beta blue 75000 33817.00 33817.00 570.00 0.00 38387.00 0.00 38387.00 75.00 0.00 0.00 75.00 37.50 0.00 25.00 3 (15:3) Pigment Beta blue 75000 33817.00 33817.00 570.00 0.00 38387.00 0.00 38387.00 75.00 0.00 0.00 75.00 37.50 0.00 25.00 4 (15:4) 5 Carbazole 50000 56666.00 57635.00 5320.00 0.00 62955.00 0.00 62955.00 642.50 0.00 0.00 642.50 0.00 290.50 0.00 6 Solsperse 5000 50000 31666.00 31666.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31666 31666.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total 75000 139999.33 141172.50 6255.67 592.28 147820.52 31666 147820.52 937.82 0.00 0.00 937.82 794.17 296.33 806.66 From Group-B Products, we will manufacture production capacity of 75MT/Month for the combination of : EITHER 125000 231287.21 235114.92 7670.82 1824.51 243819.00 31666 243819 2296.30 0.00 0.00 2296.30 1868.41 825.72 1644.54 S.No.1& 5 (25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 2 &6 (25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 3 75 MT/Month OR S.No.4 75MT/Month
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 42
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.7 DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSIONS. Expected Air Environment (Process Emissions Details):
The Predicted Process emissions are H2, O2, NH3 & HCl which are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
TABLE-2.5: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity Treatment Method Diffused by using Nitrogen through 1 Hydrogen 180 Kg/Day Flame arrestor 2 Hydrogen chloride 272 Kg/Day Scrubbed by using chilled water media 3 Ammonia 705 Kg/Day Scrubbed by using Chilled water media 4 Oxygen 245 Kg/Day Dispersed into the atmosphere
2.8 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS The Total water consumption for the proposed expansion project is 289 KLD. Water consumption details are given in below Table. No. 2.6
TABLE-2.6: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS S. No Purpose Water Input in KLD 1 Process & Washings 231.00 2 Boiler make up 29.00 3 Cooling towers make up 20.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 3.00 6 Gardening 3.00 Total 289.00
Out of Total Water consumption of 289 KLD an amount of 210 KLD of water will be recovered from ZLD effluent treatment system for reuse. Hence, Total fresh water requirement is 79 KLD and will be met from Ground Water
Source.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 43
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.9 EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION AFTER EXPANSION
TABLE-2.7: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS
S.No Purpose Effluent in KLD 1 Process & Washings 275.00 2 Boiler Blow down 4.00 3 Cooling towers Blow down 4.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 2.50 Total 288.50
TABLE-2.8: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS HTDS LTDS Effluent S. No Purpose Disposal Method in KLD in KLD in KLD HTDS Effluent sent to 1 Process & Washings 243.00 32.00 275.00 MEESystem.MEE Condensate sent to Biological treatment. 2 Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00 LTDS Effluents along with Cooling towers Blow Domestic sewage sent to ETP, 3 0.00 4.00 4.00 Down treated effluent sent to RO followed by MEE & ATFD.
4 Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water recovered for reuse 5 Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50 MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF. Total 246.00 42.50 288.50
2.10 WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS: Estimated wastewater characteristics Results Parameters S. No Unit Before After treatment treatment* 1. pH - 8.5-9.0 7.0-7.5 2. HTDS mg/L >5000 <500-800 3. LTDS mg/L <5000 <300-500 4. COD mg/L 4000-4500 50-100 5. Oil & Grease mg/L 20-25 2.0-5.0
*We are going to achieve zero discharge.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 44 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.11 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS The Hazardous/Solid waste generated and disposal methods from existing and proposed expansion of the project are given below.
TABLE- 2.9: EXISTING HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL Schedule –I S. No Waste Quantity Disposal Method Process No. Collection, Storage, 1 ETP Sludge 2.4 MT/Year 34.3 transportation, Disposal at TSDF of NEPL Discarded Containers/Barrels/Liners Collection, Storage, 360 2 contaminated with 33.1 transportation by selling to No’s/Year Hazardous registered Recyclers Wastes/Chemicals Collection, Storage, 14.4 3 Process Waste Sludge 26.1 transportation, Disposal at MY/Year TSDF of NEPL Collection, Storage, 4 Distillation Residue 6 MT/Year 36.4 transportation, Disposal at CHWIF
TABLE- 2.10: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS AFTER EXPANSION Name of the Solid/ S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Organic waste (Process 1 2296.30 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries Residue) 2 Solvent Distillation Residue 1868.41 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries 3 MEE Salts 7805.82 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF 4 ETP Sludge 500 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF Disposed to SPCB 5 Used Oils 300 Ltrs/Annum Authorized Reprocessors. Disposed to SPCB 6 Container liners 400 No’s/Month Authorized agencies. 7 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2.0 No’s/Annum Buyback of New Batteries. Sent to Brick 8 Ash from boiler 7.0 TPD Manufacturers
2.12 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT Power requirement of expansion project will be made available through Gujarat Electricity Board [GEB]. The power requirement of project will be 1500 KVA.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 45 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.13 UTILITIES TABLE - 2.11: Details of Utilities for Existing & Proposed After Expansion Existing Proposed S. No Description Capacity Dropped Continued after expansion Steam Boiler 0.8TPH Dropped -
Coal Fired 1 5.0 TPH - - Proposed Boiler Thermic Fluid 2 2 lakh K Cal - Continued - Heater 3 Cooling tower 250 TR - - Proposed 4 DG Set 1000 KVA - - Proposed Electricity 5 supply from 1500 KVA - - Proposed GEB. Fuel 6 Coal Proposed - 20 TPD 7 Diesel 160 Liters/Day
2.14 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 5.0 TPH coal fired boiler and existing 0.8 TPH boiler is dropped. The existing 2 Lakh K.Cal Thermic Fluid Heater is continued. The coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 1000 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
TABLE- 2.12: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER Particulars Units 5.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler Indian Coal with CV of 4000 Type of Fuel -- kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 20.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1.0 Height of stack M 32 Diameter of Stack M 0.5 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 200 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 14 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.43 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.30 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 3.42 emission
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 46
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE- 2.13: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET AFTER EXPANSION
Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO in dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in m OC in (m) in m/sec.
1000 KVA 65.23 20.53 25 0.20 145.0 11.0 12.24
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 47 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.15 DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its state in forming a solution". Details of solvents are given below in a table 2.14.
TABLE 2.14: DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE] Quantity in Kgs/Day Prodn/ S.No Product Name Solvent Name Solvent Solvent Solvent Solvent to Solvent to Month Input Recovery Loss waste water Residue Group-A
1 Pigment Violet 23 50000 Mono chloro benzene 1515.15 1439.39 30.30 0.00 45.45 Ortho di chloro 27648.75 26267.07 552.98 0.00 828.71 benzene Methanol 12726.00 12089.70 254.52 181.80 199.98
Total 50000 41889.90 39796.16 837.80 181.80 1074.14
Group-B
1 Pigment Violet 19 25000 DMF 8333.33 7916.67 166.67 125.00 125.00 Methanol 10858.33 10315.83 216.67 83.33 242.50
Total 19191.67 18232.50 383.33 208.33 367.50
2 Pigment Red 122 25000 DMF 8333.33 7916.67 166.67 125.00 125.00 Methanol 12833.33 12191.67 256.67 83.33 301.67
Total 21166.67 20108.33 423.33 208.33 426.67
3 Pigment Beta blue (15:3) 75000 IBA / Xylene 1250.00 1187.50 25.00 0.00 37.50 Total 1250.00 1187.50 25.00 0.00 37.50
4 Pigment Beta blue (15:4) 75000 IBA / Xylene 1250.00 1187.50 25.00 0.00 37.50 Total 1250.00 1187.50 25.00 0.00 37.50
5 Carbazole 50000 No Solvent 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 Solperse5000 50000 No Solvent 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total(Worst Combination of any one product 75000 21166.67 20108.33 423.33 208.33 794.17 from Group-B at any given point of time Grand Total (Group-A + Group-B) 125000 63056.57 59904.50 1261.13 390.13 1868.31
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 48
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
2.16 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE
Group-A PIGMENT VIOLET 23 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs 1 Carbazole 1666.50 2 Di ethyl sulphate 1515.00 3 Sodium hydroxide (40%) 1969.50 4 Dilute Nitric acid (30%) 1848.30 5 Hydrogen 15.15 6 Chloranil 916.58 7 Ortho di chloro benzene 27648.75 8 Phase Transfer catalyst 45.45 9 Mono chloro benzene 1515.00 10 Benzenesulfonyl chloride 75.75 11 Sodium acetate 75.75 12 Methanol 12726.00 13 Raney Nickel 37.88 14 Salt 20361.60 15 Diethylene glycol 2290.68
Group-B PIGMENT VIOLET 19 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs Dimethyl succino 1 666.67 succinate 2 Aniline 641.67 3 Sodium hydroxide 228.33 4 Hydrochloric acid 209.42 5 Phosphorus pentoxide 1550.00 6 Phosphoric acid 2666.67 7 DMF 8333.33 8 Methanol 10858.33 9 Resist salt 600.00
PIGMENT RED 122 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs Dimethyl succino 1 666.67 succinate 2 p-Tolylamine 733.33 3 Sodium hydroxide 214.58
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 49 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4 Hydrochloric acid 195.00 5 Phosphorus pentoxide 1550.00 6 Phosphoric acid 2666.67 7 DMF 8333.33 8 Methanol 12833.33 9 Resist salt 600.00
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:3 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs 1 CPC Blue Crude 2575.00 2 Salt 500.00 3 Dilute HCl 32.50 4 Caustic soda flakes 37.50 5 IBA / Xylene 1250.00
PIGMENT BETA BLUE 15:4 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs 1 CPC Blue Crude 2575.00 2 Salt 500.00 3 Dilute HCl 32.50 4 Caustic soda flakes 37.50 5 IBA / Xylene 1250.00
CARBAZOLE Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs 1 Aniline 1283.33 2 Sodium nitrite 950.00 3 Sodium sulfite 1736.67 4 Hydrochloric acid (33%) 16666.67 5 Cyclohexanone 1355.00 6 Raney Nickel 200.00 7 Sodium hydroxide 1600.00
SOLSPERSE 5000 Consumption/ S. No. Raw Material Day in Kgs 1 Copper phthalocyanine 833.33 2 Oleum 4166.67 3 Ice 2500.00 Arguaed 2H775 4 1666.67 (Quaternary amine)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 50
CHAPTER -III
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER-III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.0 INTRODUCTION Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are required to be monitored after implementation of the project. This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological importance etc.
3.1 STUDY AREA Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. proposed manufacturing unit is located at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat.
3.1.1 Study Period The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.
3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment Scope and Methodology In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set- up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics, the nature and thickness of underlying frock formations and other related aspects that prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 51 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology adopted is as follows: Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments. Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the occurrence of ground water its quality and potential. Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area. Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project site. Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity. Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project site and its catchment area.
The field investigations were carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in the road cuttings. Inventory of wells representing the entire watershed area was carried out. Hydrogeological data of about 8 wells was collected. Water levels were measured in the dug wells and bore wells. Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed synthetic organic pigments manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse effect on the ground water environment.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 52 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.2.1 Geomorphology and Soil Types: In major part the soils are sandy in nature. In general the soils are poor to medium in fertility and water retention capacity. Most soils have good aeration, porosity and permeability. The hydraulic conductivity of the soils ranges from as low as 0 for saline and alkali soils in the western part to more than 7cm/hr for calcareous sandy soils in the north and west.
3.2.2 Geology A major part of Mehsana district is monotonously flat on account of a thick cover of alluvium and windblown sand. In some of the part of Kheralu and Satalasana taluka, there is some mountainous or hilly area. This area is characterized by an undulating terrain with the height ranging between 40 m to 280 m above mean sea level. It slopes gradually from south to north.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 53 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.2.3 Hydrogeology Precambrian hard rocks, semi-consolidated Mesozoic and tertiary formations and unconsolidated quaternary alluvial deposits form multi layer aquifer system in the district. Groundwater occurs both under phreatic and confined conditions, however its development is restricted depending upon the aquifer geometry and yield characteristic of individual aquifer and/or ground water quality of the formation water. Occurrence of groundwater can be divided in two groups A drainage map of the area around the project is shown in Figure 3.6.
3.2.4 Groundwater Conditions: Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the banded biotite hornblende gneisses. Ten bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 100-120m. The yield ranges of bore wells was found to be 100-300 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable. As the extent of the plant is small only roof top rainwater harvesting is suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.
3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential (weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams. Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 54 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever deviations and new developments are observed.
Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains. Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The drainage map of study area has showing in figure 3.2
Table 3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler.
Drainage Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum Density < 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable 5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable 13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable
Table 3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein
Drainage Density Areas Runoff 0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High 1.03 Humid Regions High
Table 3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton
Drainage Density Stratum Runoff 0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High < 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 55 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.2.6 Drainage Map This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 56 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.2 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE PROJECT STUDY AREA Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 57 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region. Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously from Oct 2017 – Dec 2017. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period (Oct 2017 – Dec 2017) are given below.
A. Temperature: During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as 13.9°C and 35.4°C respectively.
B. Relative Humidity: During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was recorded as 69%
C. Rainfall No rainfall during the study period at project site. Average Annual Rainfall is 750.9 mm.
D. Wind pattern Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the area. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 58 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency observed during study period is given in Table 3.4 and wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.3 The following observations can be made from the collected data; Calm period is observed to be 11.8 % during the time of monitoring. The predominant wind direction is NE, N & NNE. Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in NNW direction. Average wind speed 1.5 m/s Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 - 2.1 m/sec, with frequency of distribution percentage of 77.6.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 59 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED
Wind Classes (m/s) S. No Wind Directions 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%) 1 N 348.75 - 11.25 14.3 0 0 0 0 0 14.3 2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 10.7 0.5 0 0 0 0 11.2 3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 15.3 2.7 0.8 0 0 0 18.8 4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 10.9 3.2 0.9 0 0 0 15 5 E 78.75 - 101.25 2.3 0.6 0.3 0 0 0 3.2 6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 0.3 0 0 0 0 0 0.3 7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 S 168.75 - 191.25 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 0.7 0 0 0 0 0 0.7 12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 3.4 0.1 0.1 0 0 0 3.6 13 W 258.75 - 281.25 2.3 0.1 0 0 0 0 2.4 14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 2.5 0.4 0 0 0 0 2.9 15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 5.3 0.8 0.1 0 0 0 6.2 16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 9.3 0 0 0 0 0 9.3 Sub-Total 77.6 8.4 2.2 0 0 0 88.2 Calms 11.8
Missing/Incomplete 0
Total 100
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 60 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.3: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PERIOD: OCT 2017 – DEC 2017
NORTH
20%
16%
12%
8%
4%
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED (m/s)
>= 11.10 8.80 - 11.10 5.70 - 8.80 SOUTH 3.60 - 5.70 2.10 - 3.60 0.50 - 2.10 Calms: 11.78%
Source: WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 61 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The study area represents mostly rural environment. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale Topography of the study area. Representation of plant site. Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status. Representation of down wind direction. Representation of upwind direction. Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.
The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.4. The locations of the different stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table 3.5.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 62 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S. No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project 1 A1 Plant Site - - 2 A2 Chandarda 1.30 NNW 3 A3 Ghumasan 1.61 NE 4 A4 Jhulasan 4.43 ESE 5 A5 Chhatral 4.86 SSE 6 A6 Indrad 4.24 SSW 7 A7 Irana 4.83 SW 8 A8 Rajpur 2.15 W
The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (Oct 2017 – Dec 2017) at a frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule. The following parameters were monitored in the study area :
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Ammonia (NH3) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 63 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.4: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 64 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.
TABLE 3.6: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and 1 Sulphur Dioxide 3 24 hours** 80 80 Gaeke method (SO2) µg/m -Ultraviolet fluorescence Oxides of Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and 2 Nitrogen as NO2 24 hours** 80 80 Hochheise(NaArsenite ) µg/m3 -Chemiluminescence Particulate matter Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric 3 (size Less than 24 hours** 100 100 -TOEM 10µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation Particulate matter Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric 4 (size less than 24 hours** 60 60 -TOEM 2.5 µm) µg/m3 -Beta attenuation 8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric 5 3 -Chemiluminescence Ozone µg/m 1 hour** 180 180 -Chemical method Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for Lead (Pb) sampling on EPM 2000 6 or Equivalent Filter µg/m3 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper 8 -Non Dispersive Infra 7 Carbon 02 02 3 hours** Red (NDIR) Monooxide mg/m 1 hour ** 04 04 spectroscopy Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence Ammonia (NH3) 8 -Indo-Phenol Blue µg/m3 24 hours** 400 400 method -GC based continuous analyzer 9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05 - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis 10 Benzo(a) pyrene -Solvent extraction (BaP)- Particulate Annual * 01 01 followed by GC/HPLC Phase only ng/m3 extraction AAS/ICP method for 3 sampling on EPM2000 11 Arsenic ng/m Annual * 06 06 OR Equivalent Filter paper 3 -AAS/ICP method for 12 Nickel ng/m Annual * 20 20 sampling on EPM2000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 65 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial Time Ecologically S. Area Methods of Pollutant Weighted sensitive area No Residential, measurement Average (Notified by Rural & Central Govt) other Areas OR Equivalent Filter paper G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW. *Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.
3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in Table 3.7. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in Table 3.8 to Table 3.15.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 58.8 – 74.1 μg/ m3. The maximum concentration 74.1 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at
Plant Site. The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 3 The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m . The maximum and th minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area were 21.5 – 33.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 33.1 μg/ 3 m was at Plant Site. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 14.3 – 21.0 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 21.0 3 μg/ m obtained at Plant Site. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 66 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in the range with 98th percentile values between 20.2 – 30.5 μg/ m3. A maximum value of 30.5 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Plant Site. The 3 concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.37 – 0.76 mg/m3 respectively. Highest 3 value of 0.76 mg/ m was at the Rajpur. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3) th The maximum and minimum 98 percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3) monitored in the study area were 36.2 – 57.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 3 57.1 μg/ m was at Chhatral. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 67 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.7: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98th PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE SAMPLING LOCATIONS
3 3 3 3 3 3 Name of PM 10(µg/M ) PM 2.5(µg/M ) SO2(µg/M ) NOX(µg/M ) CO (mg/M ) NH3 (µg/M ) Code Sampling Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Location A1 Plant Site 61.4 74.5 74.1 20.3 34.5 33.1 12.5 21.4 21.0 21.8 30.5 30.5 0.10 0.39 0.37 28.5 41.3 40.8 A2 Chandarda 44.2 59.2 58.8 16.3 23.1 22.8 11.5 15.6 14.7 15.5 20.8 20.2 0.12 0.54 0.54 31.4 44.2 43.4 A3 Ghumasan 48.3 59.6 59.2 18.2 21.6 21.5 11.2 16.7 16.0 14.6 22.5 21.5 0.24 0.60 0.58 28.2 37.9 37.6 A4 Jhulasan 47.3 63.3 62.0 19.5 24.9 24.7 12.3 19.4 19.0 16.6 23.1 23.0 0.21 0.56 0.56 28.5 56.7 51.9 A5 Chhatral 55.2 69.6 69.5 20.1 24.6 24.5 12.4 16.0 16.0 16.2 21.0 20.8 0.21 0.68 0.67 30.3 57.3 57.1 A6 Indrad 53.4 62.6 62.1 19.2 25.0 24.8 10.5 14.5 14.3 17.0 21.5 21.3 0.31 0.58 0.57 25.0 48.1 47.3 A7 Irana 50.5 63.2 62.9 18.3 23.5 23.5 12.5 19.1 18.9 16.5 23.8 23.6 0.32 0.58 0.58 29.2 46.3 46.0 A8 Rajpur 52.5 61.8 61.2 16.6 22.9 22.8 10.3 15.0 14.8 21.9 29.7 29.2 0.61 0.76 0.76 21.6 38.3 36.2 NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 68 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: PLANT SITE (A1)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 63.2 28.4 15.2 26.3 0.26 BDL 30.2 03.10.2017 1 66.7 20.3 21.4 22.7 0.34 BDL 29.6 09.10.2017 2 68.5 29.5 19.9 30.5 0.27 BDL 41.3 10.10.2017 2 69.4 28.6 13.7 22.8 0.29 BDL 38.7 16.10.2017 3 71.1 27.3 20.0 23.7 0.33 BDL 34.7 17.10.2017 3 62.4 22.6 18.6 23.2 0.24 BDL 33.6 23.10.2017 4 63.4 31.5 12.5 26.4 0.28 BDL 40.1 24.10.2017 4 72.6 20.7 17.3 24.8 0.33 BDL 39.6 02.11.2017 5 74.5 28.6 16.0 22.4 0.32 BDL 38.3 03.11.2017 5 70.0 29.2 18.9 21.8 0.16 BDL 33.6 09.11.2017 6 63.8 30.5 16.2 30.5 0.15 BDL 32.2 10.11.2017 6 64.2 27.9 20.5 27.4 0.11 BDL 30.6 16.11.2017 7 73.1 29.6 15.7 26.3 0.10 BDL 28.6 17.11.2017 7 64.8 22.3 16.3 24.7 0.26 BDL 40.2 23.11.2017 8 69.3 23.1 15.2 23.5 0.13 BDL 29.2 24.11.2017 8 71.5 34.5 18.5 28.6 0.39 BDL 30.5 04.12.2017 9 71.9 30.0 17.8 27.9 0.16 BDL 28.5 05.12.2017 9 67.5 26.2 18.5 27.2 0.24 BDL 28.6 11.12.2017 10 73.7 24.4 14.2 28.2 0.29 BDL 39.8 12.12.2017 10 65.2 25.4 19.2 24.5 0.24 BDL 38.6 18.12.2017 11 70.7 24.2 18.2 28.4 0.31 BDL 37.6 19.12.2017 11 61.4 24.9 19.2 26.8 0.27 BDL 36.4 25.12.2017 12 65.2 25.1 14.6 27.6 0.21 BDL 35.8 26.12.2017 12 64.3 25.9 14.2 28.9 0.20 BDL 37.7 Minimum 61.4 20.3 12.5 21.8 0.10 0.00 28.5 Maximum 74.5 34.5 21.4 30.5 0.39 0.00 41.3 Average 67.9 26.7 17.2 26.0 0.25 0.00 34.7 98th Percentile 74.1 33.1 21.0 30.5 0.37 0.00 40.8
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 69 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: CHANDARDA (A2)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 45.2 20.1 11.8 16.7 0.12 BDL 41.3 03.10.2017 1 53.3 23.1 12.3 16.2 0.52 BDL 42.5 09.10.2017 2 54.6 20.6 13.2 20.8 0.41 BDL 38.3 10.10.2017 2 55.3 21.3 13.3 17.2 0.41 BDL 32.5 16.10.2017 3 44.2 18.7 11.5 15.5 0.51 BDL 31.5 17.10.2017 3 59.2 19.1 12.4 16.5 0.41 BDL 34.2 23.10.2017 4 52.3 21.9 13.5 17.5 0.52 BDL 31.4 24.10.2017 4 58.2 18.6 12.4 16.3 0.45 BDL 41.2 02.11.2017 5 48.2 19.4 12.2 17.1 0.54 BDL 40.3 03.11.2017 5 52.7 20.2 12.6 15.8 0.53 BDL 44.2 09.11.2017 6 55.9 20.0 13.2 17.5 0.54 BDL 41.2 10.11.2017 6 51.2 21.7 12.6 16.9 0.47 BDL 42.2 16.11.2017 7 56.2 20.6 13.3 17.4 0.31 BDL 38.3 17.11.2017 7 58.3 17.7 12.5 15.5 0.45 BDL 34.1 23.11.2017 8 54.2 18.2 13.1 17.4 0.35 BDL 32.5 24.11.2017 8 49.2 20.3 13.6 17.6 0.44 BDL 33.5 04.12.2017 9 58.1 22.3 12.2 16.3 0.32 BDL 41.3 05.12.2017 9 48.5 21.3 12.0 16.0 0.43 BDL 39.5 11.12.2017 10 52.6 22.3 13.4 17.5 0.52 BDL 32.2 12.12.2017 10 45.5 19.5 12.8 16.6 0.46 BDL 34.3 18.12.2017 11 54.3 16.3 13.3 19.6 0.32 BDL 32.5 19.12.2017 11 55.3 17.3 15.6 17.4 0.26 BDL 35.3 25.12.2017 12 56.3 19.3 12.6 16.3 0.25 BDL 34.6 26.12.2017 12 57.1 18.2 13.6 17.7 0.24 BDL 35.2 Minimum 44.2 16.3 11.5 15.5 0.12 0.00 31.4 Maximum 59.2 23.1 15.6 20.8 0.54 0.00 44.2 Average 53.2 19.9 12.9 17.1 0.41 0.00 36.9 98th Percentile 58.8 22.8 14.7 20.2 0.54 0.00 43.4
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 70 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: GHUMASAN (A3)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 53.4 20.1 12.3 16.5 0.60 BDL 28.2 03.10.2017 1 54.6 19.7 12.3 16.6 0.52 BDL 29.5 09.10.2017 2 55.5 18.4 13.9 22.5 0.41 BDL 30.1 10.10.2017 2 54.3 19.7 12.1 16.1 0.44 BDL 32.6 16.10.2017 3 48.3 20.5 11.3 15.5 0.56 BDL 32.6 17.10.2017 3 50.2 21.0 12.6 16.2 0.41 BDL 33.6 23.10.2017 4 58.5 21.1 11.5 15.5 0.52 BDL 34.3 24.10.2017 4 55.1 20.1 12.5 16.2 0.53 BDL 35.7 02.11.2017 5 54.7 21.1 12.2 17.2 0.54 BDL 33.7 03.11.2017 5 53.9 21.3 11.6 15.6 0.53 BDL 34.3 09.11.2017 6 54.6 20.1 13.8 19.9 0.54 BDL 35.7 10.11.2017 6 55.1 19.5 12.3 16.3 0.48 BDL 37.3 16.11.2017 7 49.2 18.2 12.9 20.4 0.31 BDL 36.7 17.11.2017 7 49.3 19.4 13.8 16.3 0.55 BDL 37.9 23.11.2017 8 52.9 21.2 14.9 15.4 0.55 BDL 30.3 24.11.2017 8 49.7 20.3 12.6 14.6 0.44 BDL 31.4 04.12.2017 9 58.5 21.2 11.2 18.6 0.52 BDL 32.3 05.12.2017 9 58.7 19.5 12.4 16.2 0.43 BDL 31.5 11.12.2017 10 57.5 19.5 13.0 16.9 0.52 BDL 33.6 12.12.2017 10 59.6 20.1 15.2 19.7 0.56 BDL 32.3 18.12.2017 11 50.1 20.7 12.7 16.3 0.32 BDL 31.3 19.12.2017 11 49.6 21.6 12.2 16.2 0.26 BDL 29.7 25.12.2017 12 49.0 21.4 12.6 16.2 0.25 BDL 35.4 26.12.2017 12 57.4 20.1 16.7 15.3 0.24 BDL 32.3 Minimum 48.3 18.2 11.2 14.6 0.24 0.00 28.2 Maximum 59.6 21.6 16.7 22.5 0.60 0.00 37.9 Average 53.7 20.3 12.9 16.9 0.46 0.00 33.0 98th Percentile 59.2 21.5 16.0 21.5 0.58 0.00 37.6
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 71 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: JHULASAN (A4)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 02.10.2017 1 56.7 19.9 12.6 18.6 0.21 BDL 29.5 03.10.2017 1 57.6 19.5 13.5 17.2 0.56 BDL 44.7 09.10.2017 2 59.7 20.2 13.6 18.7 0.23 BDL 56.7 10.10.2017 2 60.5 19.9 12.4 18.8 0.21 BDL 45.5 16.10.2017 3 63.3 20.4 13.5 18.5 0.45 BDL 39.6 17.10.2017 3 60.5 21.5 19.4 22.9 0.48 BDL 30.1 23.10.2017 4 56.5 20.6 13.2 17.5 0.49 BDL 28.5 24.10.2017 4 47.5 21.5 12.5 18.0 0.24 BDL 36.3 02.11.2017 5 58.5 22.6 13.7 17.7 0.36 BDL 31.8 03.11.2017 5 49.7 23.7 18.5 23.1 0.33 BDL 32.5 09.11.2017 6 59.6 22.9 13.6 17.3 0.26 BDL 33.6 10.11.2017 6 60.1 23.7 16.6 17.0 0.30 BDL 32.5 16.11.2017 7 48.2 24.5 12.3 19.8 0.45 BDL 33.5 17.11.2017 7 58.9 24.9 16.5 17.4 0.23 BDL 30.3 23.11.2017 8 47.3 21.1 12.4 16.6 0.22 BDL 31.5 24.11.2017 8 57.9 23.5 12.3 16.9 0.32 BDL 33.4 04.12.2017 9 56.2 23.5 15.8 18.7 0.56 BDL 38.3 05.12.2017 9 55.3 22.3 13.5 17.7 0.23 BDL 44.2 11.12.2017 10 56.7 23.2 13.2 17.5 0.56 BDL 32.1 12.12.2017 10 55.2 22.4 17.7 17.2 0.21 BDL 45.4 18.12.2017 11 53.3 23.3 12.5 18.1 0.23 BDL 35.6 19.12.2017 11 54.5 23.5 13.9 17.6 0.31 BDL 46.4 25.12.2017 12 53.3 22.5 15.4 19.4 0.27 BDL 45.6 26.12.2017 12 54.1 21.7 12.5 19.5 0.56 BDL 33.2 Minimum 47.3 19.5 12.3 16.6 0.21 0.00 28.5 Maximum 63.3 24.9 19.4 23.1 0.56 0.00 56.7 Average 55.9 22.2 14.2 18.4 0.34 0.00 37.5 98th Percentile 62.0 24.7 19.0 23.0 0.56 0.00 51.9
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 72 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: CHHATRAL (A5)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 55.2 21.5 12.5 16.2 0.32 BDL 31.6 06.10.2017 1 56.6 21.6 13.0 18.0 0.36 BDL 30.3 12.10.2017 2 57.6 22.5 13.3 18.2 0.37 BDL 33.6 13.10.2017 2 56.4 20.1 15.2 20.5 0.45 BDL 55.3 19.10.2017 3 58.4 21.9 15.0 19.7 0.21 BDL 41.2 20.10.2017 3 59.2 23.5 12.4 18.2 0.39 BDL 35.3 26.10.2107 4 56.9 22.6 15.5 20.5 0.52 BDL 34.9 27.10.2017 4 55.3 21.5 12.6 18.2 0.45 BDL 39.3 06.11.2017 5 59.9 22.7 14.3 20.6 0.48 BDL 40.3 07.11.2017 5 60.5 23.5 15.3 20.6 0.39 BDL 41.2 13.11.2017 6 64.3 24.2 12.6 19.5 0.42 BDL 39.2 14.11.2017 6 61.5 23.9 16.0 19.9 0.49 BDL 46.4 20.11.2017 7 62.5 22.1 13.3 19.3 0.58 BDL 48.3 21.11.2017 7 65.3 21.3 14.3 20.0 0.65 BDL 49.2 27.11.2017 8 60.2 23.5 13.0 17.5 0.61 BDL 57.0 28.11.2017 8 68.4 20.2 15.3 19.3 0.68 BDL 52.2 07.12.2017 9 68.6 21.6 14.3 19.5 0.59 BDL 54.3 08.12.2017 9 64.6 24.4 15.3 20.6 0.53 BDL 57.3 14.12.2017 10 62.5 21.6 13.6 18.5 0.54 BDL 51.3 15.12.2017 10 63.1 23.9 14.3 19.9 0.62 BDL 55.4 21.12.2017 11 69.5 23.2 13.6 18.5 0.37 BDL 36.2 22.12.2017 11 64.2 23.0 15.3 20.0 0.55 BDL 44.2 28.12.2017 12 66.2 24.6 13.5 17.3 0.38 BDL 52.2 29.12.2017 12 69.6 21.6 16.0 21.0 0.49 BDL 39.2 Minimum 55.2 20.1 12.4 16.2 0.21 0.00 30.3 Maximum 69.6 24.6 16.0 21.0 0.68 0.00 57.3 Average 61.9 22.5 14.1 19.2 0.47 0.00 44.3 98th Percentile 69.5 24.5 16.0 20.8 0.67 0.00 57.1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 73 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: INDRAD (A6)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 53.4 19.2 10.5 19.6 0.35 BDL 25.6 06.10.2017 1 54.2 19.9 11.2 17.0 0.34 BDL 26.0 12.10.2017 2 56.2 19.7 11.6 18.4 0.38 BDL 27.6 13.10.2017 2 55.3 20.6 12.6 17.3 0.52 BDL 28.2 19.10.2017 3 58.3 19.7 13.6 18.5 0.45 BDL 26.2 20.10.2017 3 57.6 20.3 12.5 18.7 0.41 BDL 27.9 26.10.2107 4 58.5 20.2 11.6 18.1 0.48 BDL 30.3 27.10.2017 4 55.4 21.3 13.6 18.2 0.42 BDL 29.5 06.11.2017 5 56.6 22.5 10.6 20.1 0.54 BDL 31.5 07.11.2017 5 62.6 23.6 11.5 21.5 0.35 BDL 25.0 13.11.2017 6 58.3 24.6 12.5 17.7 0.42 BDL 32.2 14.11.2017 6 57.6 23.5 11.3 17.3 0.56 BDL 34.5 20.11.2017 7 54.5 23.6 12.0 18.6 0.31 BDL 28.1 21.11.2017 7 55.7 25.0 12.2 21.0 0.39 BDL 29.7 27.11.2017 8 56.6 23.5 13.3 18.3 0.37 BDL 46.0 28.11.2017 8 58.6 24.1 12.7 19.7 0.41 BDL 38.7 07.12.2017 9 54.6 23.1 13.3 19.4 0.58 BDL 44.6 08.12.2017 9 60.3 23.0 12.4 20.5 0.53 BDL 39.3 14.12.2017 10 61.5 23.5 12.0 17.7 0.52 BDL 36.2 15.12.2017 10 55.5 24.2 14.5 19.2 0.45 BDL 34.6 21.12.2017 11 57.5 21.2 13.3 18.2 0.49 BDL 48.1 22.12.2017 11 58.6 22.6 11.3 17.6 0.38 BDL 46.3 28.12.2017 12 60.6 19.2 14.0 19.5 0.51 BDL 45.3 29.12.2017 12 58.0 23.1 12.6 18.6 0.39 BDL 35.5 Minimum 53.4 19.2 10.5 17.0 0.31 0.00 25.0 Maximum 62.6 25.0 14.5 21.5 0.58 0.00 48.1 Average 57.3 22.1 12.3 18.8 0.44 0.00 34.2 98th Percentile 62.1 24.8 14.3 21.3 0.57 0.00 47.3
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 74 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: IRANA (A7)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 51.7 18.3 17.5 17.5 0.38 BDL 30.7 06.10.2017 1 55.1 19.2 15.5 17.9 0.52 BDL 29.2 12.10.2017 2 59.2 18.3 13.5 20.5 0.46 BDL 36.7 13.10.2017 2 52.5 20.2 14.1 18.6 0.39 BDL 33.5 19.10.2017 3 51.3 21.4 18.4 19.5 0.34 BDL 45.6 20.10.2017 3 59.6 19.6 12.6 22.1 0.56 BDL 32.2 26.10.2107 4 58.2 18.5 13.5 17.7 0.48 BDL 34.5 27.10.2017 4 60.3 22.2 14.3 18.2 0.39 BDL 46.3 06.11.2017 5 57.2 21.9 15.5 21.4 0.37 BDL 43.2 07.11.2017 5 59.2 19.5 13.9 20.8 0.58 BDL 44.1 13.11.2017 6 56.4 23.5 13.5 19.8 0.49 BDL 45.3 14.11.2017 6 61.9 22.5 12.5 16.5 0.42 BDL 31.1 20.11.2017 7 51.3 19.2 15.0 18.4 0.51 BDL 32.5 21.11.2017 7 62.5 19.2 16.1 19.1 0.54 BDL 45.2 27.11.2017 8 53.3 21.2 14.1 23.8 0.47 BDL 32.2 28.11.2017 8 50.5 23.2 17.4 22.4 0.39 BDL 33.3 07.12.2017 9 51.5 19.3 19.1 23.1 0.52 BDL 40.2 08.12.2017 9 56.1 20.1 14.3 23.4 0.38 BDL 32.3 14.12.2017 10 63.2 21.2 18.7 17.7 0.36 BDL 34.3 15.12.2017 10 55.3 22.4 15.8 18.4 0.47 BDL 33.2 21.12.2017 11 53.5 21.6 13.3 17.2 0.39 BDL 41.3 22.12.2017 11 62.2 23.2 14.8 18.2 0.57 BDL 36.6 28.12.2017 12 59.5 23.5 16.4 16.5 0.53 BDL 38.3 29.12.2017 12 52.2 19.4 15.4 16.5 0.32 BDL 32.6 Minimum 50.5 18.3 12.5 16.5 0.32 0.00 29.2 Maximum 63.2 23.5 19.1 23.8 0.58 0.00 46.3 Average 56.4 20.8 15.2 19.4 0.45 0.00 36.9 98th Percentile 62.9 23.5 18.9 23.6 0.58 0.00 46.0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 75 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.15: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: RAJPUR (A8)
Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3 05.10.2017 1 58.5 17.2 11.4 25.1 0.61 BDL 25.5 06.10.2017 1 58.0 17.0 10.3 24.7 0.62 BDL 24.7 12.10.2017 2 57.2 16.6 11.3 23.6 0.63 BDL 23.7 13.10.2017 2 53.7 17.2 11.0 24.2 0.65 BDL 24.5 19.10.2017 3 52.5 19.5 10.6 25.2 0.64 BDL 29.6 20.10.2017 3 53.2 18.3 11.8 23.8 0.69 BDL 30.1 26.10.2107 4 54.7 19.5 12.4 22.5 0.68 BDL 28.5 27.10.2017 4 55.7 20.8 12.7 26.4 0.67 BDL 26.3 06.11.2017 5 55.8 21.7 12.5 26.2 0.70 BDL 31.8 07.11.2017 5 56.3 22.5 13.2 21.9 0.66 BDL 32.5 13.11.2017 6 57.5 20.5 13.7 22.6 0.72 BDL 33.6 14.11.2017 6 57.2 21.2 13.5 24.2 0.71 BDL 32.5 20.11.2017 7 58.6 22.4 14.7 22.7 0.73 BDL 33.5 21.11.2017 7 59.5 20.1 15.0 28.6 0.71 BDL 30.3 27.11.2017 8 56.3 18.5 13.5 29.7 0.65 BDL 31.5 28.11.2017 8 57.3 21.7 12.6 27.6 0.64 BDL 33.4 07.12.2017 9 59.7 22.9 11.8 26.5 0.68 BDL 38.3 08.12.2017 9 60.3 21.5 10.7 25.2 0.72 BDL 25.2 14.12.2017 10 61.8 20.5 12.0 26.4 0.73 BDL 32.1 15.12.2017 10 60.1 18.5 13.7 25.4 0.65 BDL 26.4 21.12.2017 11 59.4 19.4 12.4 26.2 0.69 BDL 25.6 22.12.2017 11 59.4 21.0 12.5 28.5 0.75 BDL 26.4 28.12.2017 12 60.3 21.6 13.0 27.2 0.76 BDL 21.6 29.12.2017 12 59.8 22.7 12.7 26.5 0.75 BDL 23.2 Minimum 52.5 16.6 10.3 21.9 0.61 0.00 21.6 Maximum 61.8 22.9 15.0 29.7 0.76 0.00 38.3 Average 57.6 20.1 12.4 25.4 0.69 0.00 28.8 98th Percentile 61.2 22.8 14.8 29.2 0.76 0.00 36.2
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 76 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the groundwater and surface water quality of the study area. Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the quality of water.
3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16 and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure 3.5. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & Tables 3.18.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 77 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS Distance (km) Direction S.No Code Name of Sampling Location w.r.t Project w.r.t Project Ground Water Sampling Locations 1 GW1 Near Project Site - - 2 GW2 Rajpur 2.15 W 3 GW3 Chandarda 1.30 NNW 4 GW4 Ghumasan 1.61 NE 5 GW5 Dingucha 7.92 E 6 GW6 Bileshwarpura 4.00 SSE 7 GW7 Irana 4.83 SW 8 GW8 Kherpur 5.00 NW Surface Water Sampling Locations 1 SW1 Water body near Chadasan 3.60 SE 2 SW2 Water body near Chhatral 6.12 SSE 3 SW3 Narmada Main Canal (Upstream) 9.39 S 4 SW4 Water body near Indrad 4.40 SW 5 Narmada Main Canal 9.38 SW SW5 (Downstream) 6 SW6 Water body near Kadi 8.98 SW 7 SW7 Water body Mathasur 7.35 NW 8 SW8 Pansar lake 6.40 SE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 78 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.5: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 79 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.17 GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.57 7.96 8.33 7.89 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 505.0 520.0 590.0 645.0 500 2000 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 100.0 90.0 105.0 125.0 200 600 Total Hardness (as 5 APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 215.0 170.0 190.0 230.0 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 45.08 35.02 53.04 58.06 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 25.02 20.05 14.05 20.47 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 55.6 65.8 68.3 72.3 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 115.7 155.2 185.2 169.7 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 20.3 10.4 3.5 5.6 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 75.0 100.6 120.0 110.0 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 5.3 5.1 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- μmho/c 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B 780.0 810.0 960.0 1015.0 -- -- m 26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.31 0.36 0.41 0.48 -- --
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 80 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.17 GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
IS 10,500 Limits S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 8.26 7.39 8.12 8.05 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 535.0 590.0 515.0 495.0 500 2000 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 120.0 130.0 110.0 105.0 200 600 Total Hardness (as 5 APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 170.0 180.0 175.0 180.0 200 600 CaCO3) 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 30.34 42.55 35.04 40.27 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 22.62 18.06 20.55 18.06 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 52.6 46.9 45.5 31.6 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 146.6 177.5 138.9 169.7 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 <0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 16.5 14.2 9.7 8.5 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 95.0 115.0 90.0 110.0 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 5.2 < 5.0 < 5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- μmho/c 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B 825.0 940.0 800.0 790.0 -- -- m 26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.30 0.37 0.41 0.35 -- --
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 81 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.90 7.25 7.40 7.29 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 470.0 530.0 445.0 610.0 nd 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2320 B mg/l 125.0 110.0 100.0 140.0 nd 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2340 C mg/l 160.0 150.0 130.0 220.0 7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 30.45 35.85 28.28 45.02 8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 20.55 15.22 14.55 25.52 nd 9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22 Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 62.3 55.4 65.8 51.2 10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 131.1 162.3 116.5 179.3 11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 19 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 nd 22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 6.8 7.4 8.3 9.2 23 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 22.0 28.0 16.0 32.0 24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 5.1 5.4 4.8 6.1 25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 85.0 105.0 75.5 116.2 26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 5.3 27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.5 10.8 10.3 10.2 28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.4 5.3 5.0 5.4 29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 750.0 830.0 700.0 920.0 31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.29 0.30 0.27 0.45 32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 50 55 52 60 33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 7 8 8 9
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 82 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.55 8.15 7.95 8.30 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU 1 1 1 1 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 640.0 555.0 655.0 620.0 nd 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2320 B mg/l 170.0 125.0 150.0 165.0 nd 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22 Edition 2340 C mg/l 250.0 135.0 155.0 170.0 7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 50.43 25.06 30.05 42.35 8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 30.04 17.29 18.22 14.25 nd 9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22 Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 82.6 60.4 69.4 34.5 10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 152.03 169.7 192.9 200.6 11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 19 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 nd 22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 7.6 8.9 10.4 12.3 23 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 20.0 22.0 40.0 32.0 24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 4.5 4.8 9.5 7.6 25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 98.5 110.0 125.0 130.0 26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 6.2 6.8 7.2 27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.3 10.4 10.2 10.6 28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.4 5.2 5.5 5.3 29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 950.0 850.0 1020.0 960.0 31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.35 0.39 0.45 0.40 32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 62 55 58 59.0 33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 9 7 8 8.0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 83 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.39 – 8.33. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012. The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500 mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000 mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range between 495 – 645 mg/l. One sample is below acceptable limits and seven other samples are above acceptable limits but all samples are well below the permissible limits of 2000 mg/l. In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness was found to vary between 170 – 230 mg/l. Two samples are above acceptable limits and six samples are below acceptable limits but all samples are below permissible limits of of 600 mg/l The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 115.7 – 185.2 mg/l. All samples are below acceptable limits. Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. Fluoride concentration in all samples are found to be below acceptable limits. The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 31.6 – 72.3 mg/l. All the samples for Sulphates concentration was found are within acceptable limits of 200 mg/l Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of IS10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium, Fluorides.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 84 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
B. Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius: pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.25 – 8.30. Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 445 – 655 mg/l. Total hardness was found to be in the range of 130 – 250 mg/l. Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 116.5 – 200.6 mg/l. Fluoride concentration was <0.5 mg/l. Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 34.5 – 82.6 mg/l.
3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing situation. Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels.
3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring locations are shown in figure 3.6 and distances & directions of monitoring location mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area. The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day - equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 85 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction w.r.t S No. Code Location w.r.t Project Project 1. N1 Project Site - - 2. N2 Nandasan 4.81 NNW 3. N3 Ghumasan 1.61 NE 4. N4 Jhulasan 4.43 ESE 5. N5 Chhatral 4.86 SSE 6. N6 Kadi 8.55 SW 7. N7 Rajpur 2.15 W 8. N8 Kherpur 5.00 NW
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 86 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.6: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 87 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA
Day Time CPCB Night Time CPCB Name of the Category of S. in Leq Standard in Leq Standard Location Area/zone No dB (A) Day Time dB (A) Night time
1. Project Site Industrial 65.8 75dB (A) 52.1 70dB (A) 2. Nandasan Residential 48.2 55dB (A) 31.8 45dB (A) 3. Ghumasan Residential 48.3 55dB (A) 35.0 45dB (A) 4. Jhulasan Residential 46.2 55dB (A) 33.0 45dB (A)
5. Chhatral Commercial 52.1 65dB (A) 42.5 55dB (A) 6. Kadi Commercial 51.7 65dB (A) 41.4 55dB (A)
7. Rajpur Residential 48.6 55dB (A) 35.1 45dB (A) 8. Kherpur Residential 47.0 55dB (A) 32.4 45dB (A)
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday) Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 65.8 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A). Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be in the range of 51.7 dB(A) – 52.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65 dB(A). Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 46.2 dB (A) – 48.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight) Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 52.1 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A). Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be in the range of 41.4 dB(A) – 42.5 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A). Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 31.8 dB(A) to 35.1 dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 88 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale. The traffic survey was carried out on the SH-41 (Mehsana to Chhatral city) which is 0.47 km (W) to the plant site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either side of the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and correlate such data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on these roads included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers. The additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 89 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT SH - 41 MEHSANA – CHHATRAL CITY (To & From)
2 Wheeler Passenger Heavy Total Two Three 3 Wheeler Passenger Heavy Total S.No Time @ 0.75 cars @ 1 Vehicles vehicles Wheelers Wheeler @ 1.2 PCU cars vehicles vehicles PCU PCU @3.7 PCU PCU 1 06-07 am 68 51 40 25 45 45 35 130 188 251 2 07-08 am 75 56 45 39 50 50 48 178 218 323 3 08-09 am 99 74 47 52 54 54 52 192 252 373 4 09-10 am 110 83 56 43 69 69 58 215 293 409 5 10-11 am 126 95 64 55 81 81 63 233 334 464 6 11-12 pm 136 102 77 57 94 94 69 255 376 508 7 12-01 pm 158 119 80 65 101 101 73 270 412 555 8 01-02 pm 150 113 77 71 98 98 65 241 390 522 9 02-03 pm 145 109 72 60 95 95 76 281 388 545 10 03-04 pm 141 106 69 49 89 89 56 207 355 451 11 04-05 pm 132 99 62 47 87 87 62 229 343 462 12 05-06 pm 142 107 55 53 83 83 51 189 331 431 13 06-07 pm 130 98 51 63 78 78 47 174 306 412 14 07-08 pm 127 95 48 54 77 77 50 185 302 411 15 08-09pm 113 85 46 48 71 71 52 192 282 396 16 09-10pm 94 71 43 44 66 66 55 204 258 384 17 10-11pm 92 69 39 38 55 55 64 237 250 399 18 11-12pm 80 60 35 39 52 52 75 278 242 429 19 12-01am 65 49 30 31 49 49 80 296 224 425 20 01-02am 42 32 18 20 41 41 77 285 178 377 21 02-03am 30 23 24 14 43 43 65 241 162 320 22 03-04am 38 29 28 10 39 39 59 218 164 296
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 90 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
23 04-05am 49 37 32 15 38 38 48 178 167 267 24 05-06am 57 43 37 20 40 40 33 122 167 225
The highest peak observed during 12 pm to 1 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 555 Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 7.5 Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 1500 Existing V/C Ratio 0.37 LOS=Level of Service (Existing) V/C LOS Performance 0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good 0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average 0.8-1.0 E Poor 1.0 & above F Very Poor
Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990 The traffic survey was carried out on the SH-41 (Mehsana to Chhatral city) which is 0.47 km (W) to the plant site. The details of the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed expansion project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 91 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives. To determine the base line characteristics To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with in 10 km radius. To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil characteristics To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view. The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are detailed in Table 3.22. and Figure 3.7. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23. Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in table 3.24. The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined from all samples.
TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS Name of Sampling Distance (km) Direction S. No. Code Location w.r.t Project w.r.t Project 1 S1 Project Site - - 2 S2 Chandarda 1.30 NNW 3 S3 Dangarwa 5.06 NE 4 S4 Ghumasan 1.61 NE 5 S5 Chadasa 3.38 SE 6 S6 Chhatral 4.86 SSE 7 S7 Rajpur 2.15 W 8 S8 Kherpur 5.00 NW
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 92 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.7: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 93 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS
S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 1 PH -- 7.85 7.25 7.39 7.47 2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 250.0 210.0 155.0 180.0 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.40 1.28 1.29 1.32 4 Moisture Content % 5.25 5.30 5.45 5.35 5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.35 1.40 1.48 1.38
6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 10.6 10.2 10.4 10.8
7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 14.50 14.30 14.20 14.45 8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 11.5 11.20 11.70 12.20 9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 275.0 185.0 170.5 210.0 10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 155.6 160.0 162.5 170.5
11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.80 0.75 0.73 0.79 12 Type of Soil -- Sandy Loam Silt Loam Silt Loam Sandy Loam a) Sand (%) -- 56 39 37 58 b) Silt (%) -- 32 46 49 33 c) Clay (%) -- 13 15 14 14 13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 10.8 10.2 10.6 10.4 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 12.3 11.30 11.80 11.65 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 20.50 20.20 19.20 19.60 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 7.62 7.04 7.75 7.55 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 7.22 7.32 7.40 7.35 19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 23.5 25.6 20.5 19.50 20 Iron as Fe mg/ kg 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 94 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS
S.No Parameters Units S5 S6 S7 S8 1 PH -- 7.80 7.92 7.48 7.52 2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 230.0 190.0 170.0 205.0 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.35 1.30 1.29 1.28 4 Moisture Content % 5.55 5.25 5.38 5.52 5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.43 1.50 1.45 1.40 6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 11.3 10.5 10.4 10.8 7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 12.6 12.85 12.54 12.40 8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 11.5 11.32 11.20 11.50 9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 260.0 215.0 190.0 175.0 10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 165.0 170.0 155.0 140.5 11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.81 0.79 0.80 0.79 12 Type of Soil -- Sandy Loam Sandy clay Silt Loam Sandy clay a) Sand (%) -- 55 53 38 52 b) Silt (%) -- 31 32 46 34 c) Clay (%) -- 14 15 16 14 13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 10.7 10.2 10.5 10.3 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 12.6 12.35 12.20 12.40 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 19.8 20.5 20.04 20.25 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 7.45 8.40 7.53 8.45 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 8.12 7.95 7.80 7.94
19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 32.4 35.5 38.55 30.74 20 Iron as Fe mg/ kg 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.2
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 95 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt loams. It is due to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine sand and silt carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are moderately productive and they are not prone to water logging. It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 7.25 to 7.92. Percentage of total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.73 to 0.81 indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.
Table 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION S.No Soil Test Classification <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 1 pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9.00 Very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 Average 2 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination (μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm) 2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Upto 0.20: Very less 0.21- 0.40: Less 3 Organic Carbon (%) 0.41- 0.50: Medium, 0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient >1.00 : More than sufficient Upto 50 Very less 51-100 Less 4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient Upto 15 Very less 16-30 Less 5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 31-50 Medium, 51-65 On an avg. sufficient 66-80 Sufficient >80 More than sufficient
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 96 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S.No Soil Test Classification 0 -120 Very less 120-180 Less 6 Potash (kg/ha) 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 More than sufficient Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi
3.8 LAND USE PATTERN Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on the satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared. Objectives The objectives of land use studies are: To determine the present land use pattern; To analyze the impacts on land use due to the proposed project in the study area; and To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern and associated impacts.
3.8.1 DATA USED The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS technologies.
TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED S No. Source Maps Prepared Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite 1 Drainage map imageries 2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover
TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS Topographic Year of Year of Sl. No. Scale Map No. Survey Publication 1. 46A/7 1: 50,000 2010 2011 2. 46A/8 1: 50,000 2010 2011 3. 46A/11 1: 50,000 2010 2011 4. 46A/12 1: 50,000 2010 2011
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 97 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass 09-December- 1. Rabi 92-56-B IRS RS2 LISS IV FX 2016
3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Rabi year 2016) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits. Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS) has been followed for the delineation of units. Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables: Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources. Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved or maintained at current levels.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 98 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are: Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator, and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between various tracts of land, as well as a political location. Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used. Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics and its vegetative cover. Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity. Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area. Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it. Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land. Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social activities. Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.
3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.
The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.
For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data are needed: 1. Basic data 2. Ground data
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 99 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
1. Basic data includes: Fused data of LISS IV Toposheets on 1 : 50,000 Local knowledge Area map on any scale to transfer details Reports and other literature of the study area
2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work. Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be divided into three parts: Preliminary work Field work Post field work
A. Preliminary work includes: to see the limitation of satellite data to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale interpretation of different land use/land cover classes demarcation of doubtful areas preparation of field land use/land cover map
B. Field work: Type of ground data to be collected Selection of sample area for final classification Checking of doubtful areas Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh development, nomenclature. General verification
C. Post field work: Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas Transfer of details on base map
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 100 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Marginal information Preparation of final land use/land cover map
A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.9. A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.10 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1. The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in Table 3.28:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 101 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY
Basic data Data source Secondary data
IRS LISS IV FMX
Preparation Khariff Rabi of base season season maps
Development of interpretation keys based on image characteristics. Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories
Ground verification of doubtful areas Validation and final and modification of thematic details interpretation key
Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season Final land use/land cover land use/land cover details on to a map with symbols and single base map. colours
Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 102 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.28 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA
S. No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %
BUILT UP LAND
A. Settlements / Temple 11.932 3.8 1. B. Industrial area 18.526 5.9 WATERBODIES
A. Tank / River/ Major canal 2. 7.536 2.4 etc.
CROP LAND 3. A. Single crop 226.708 72.2 B. Double crop 26.062 8.3
WASTELANDS
A. Land with scrub 11.932 3.8 4. B. Land without scrub 11.304 3.6 TOTAL 314 100
FIGURE 3.8 PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 103 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.9: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 104 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE 3.10: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 105 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
Objectives of Ecological Studies The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site To assess the flora & fauna in the study area; To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and sensitive habitats in the study area, if any; To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area; To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders; Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate mitigation measures.
3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna Assessment of flora and fauna study location: Flora and Fauna studies were carried out by using least count quadrate method at following six locations. Trees were sampled by taking quadrates of 25 m2 and shrubs 10 m2 and in case of herbaceous vegetation of 1 m2 distributed randomly. Table 3.29 shows the flora and fauna study locations of the study area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 106 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.29 - Sampling locations for flora and fauna study in study area Distance from Location Direction from Sl. No. Name of the location Project Site Code Project Site ( in km ) 1 T-1 Project area -- -- 2 T-2 Near Ambavpura Village 6.00 SE 3 T-3 Near Kundal Village 5.60 NW 4 T-4 Near Dangarva Village 4.00 SES 5 T-5 Near Mathasur Village 7.55 SW 6 T-6 Near Dingucha Village 9.00 SES Note: At each sampling location the protocol adopted to collect primary data were trees - 10 quadrates of 25 m x 25 m, Shrubs – 10 Quadrates 10 m x 10 m and herbs -10 quadrates of 1 m x 1 m.
The plant site is located in Plot No: 1196/1/A & B, Village Rajpur, Ghumasan – Patia Road, Chhatral – Mehsana Highway, Rajpur, Gujarat State, India by Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. The Primary surveys were conducted in and around project area (study area of 10 km radius), open areas near villages, waste lands and agricultural lands along the water bodies to identify the floristic composition of the area and listed the plants species identified in the Project area and 10 km radius study area is given inTable 3.30.
Flora: Based on the physical setting and the kind of distribution of flora and fauna, the study area can be classified into agriculture lands and the dominant agriculture crops in the region are Rice, cotton, Tomato, Wheat and Ricinus. The block area is also observed with canals and water-logged low lying regions. All the water-logged regions and other village ponds in the block area attract a population of waterfowls was observed in the waterlogged region amongst agriculture fields.
TABLE 3.30: List of plants found in the project area
S.No Botanical name Family Vernacular name 1 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Limbado 2 Cocos nucifera Arecaceae Narial 3 Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae Nilgari 4 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Vad 5 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Piplo 6 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Kari 7 Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Sargavo 8 Polylathia longifolia Annonaceae Asopalav
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 107 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S.No Botanical name Family Vernacular name 9 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Sag 10 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Badam 11 Zizyphusglabrata heyne Rhamnaceae Bor
3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area: The objective this floral inventory of the study area, is to provide necessary information on floristic structure in the study area within 10 km radius. The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The list of places covered in the floral biodiversity and faunal biodiversity survey are Project area, Near Ambavpura Village Near Kundal Village, Near Dangarva Village, Near Mathasur Village, Near Dingucha Village etc. The various species of flora and fauna recorded in the study are tabulated. Discussions were held with local people to gather related information on the richness of plant and animal resources. More than 105 plant species were recorded during floristic survey in the project and study area. A list of plant species representing trees, shrubs and herbs list is given in Table 3.31. A list of grasses, herbs and herbaceous plants found in the study area is given in Table 3.31. There are no rare or endangered or threatened species all the species listed in Table 3.31 are widely distributed in region.
3.9.3 Cropland Ecosystem: The common crops land ecosystem in study area are Oryzha sativa and Zea maze which are mainly dependent on rainwater during monsoon season, canal irrigation and also through ground water source, tube wells and open wells during non-monsoon season. Cultivated Plants in the study area: The common crops land ecosystem in study area are major crops in the study area are Cotton, Paddy, Maize, Wheat, Castor Oil are the main crop grown. Different fruits like Banana, papaya, mangoes, guava and vegetables like brinjal, ladies finger, cluster bean, tomato, cowpea etc. which are mainly dependent on rainwater during monsoon season, canal irrigation and also through ground water source, tube wells and open wells during non-monsoon season.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 108 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 3.31., List of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers and Herbaceous Species Found the Study Area
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
1 Acacia auriculiformis Earleaf Acacia Tree Mimosaceae 2 Acacia leucophloea Harmo Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 3 Acacia leucophloea Safed babul Tree Mimosaceae 4 Acacia nilotica Babool Tree Mimosaceae 5 Acacia tortalis Vilayati Baval Tree Mimosaceae 6 Acanthus ilicifolius Hargoza Shrubs Acanthaceae 7 Achyranthes aspera Karo Andhedo Herb Amaranthaceae 8 Aegle marmelos Bel Tree Rutaceae 9 Aerva lanata Chaya Herb Amaranthaceae 10 Aerva persica Barbuvaro Herb Amaranthaceae 11 Albizzia lebbeck Kala Siras Tree Fabaceae 12 Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Tree Apocynaceae 13 Alternanthera sessilis Bhaji Herb Amaranthaceae 14 Annona aquamosa Sitaphal Tree Annonaceae 15 Aristida funiculata Nani Lamp Grass Poaceae 16 Azadirachta indica Neem Tree Meliaceae 17 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bogan Vel Shrub Nyctaginaceae 18 Cadaba fruticosa Mirchi Shrub Capparaceae 19 Canthium didymium Arsul Shrubs Rubiaceae 20 Carica papaya Papaiyu Tree Caricaceae 21 Cassia fistula Garmaro Tree Caesalpiniaceae 22 Casuarina equisetifolia She-oak Tree Fabaceae 23 Celosia argentea Lampadi Herb Amaranthaceae 24 Citrus limon Lemon Tree Rutaceae 25 Clerodendrum inerme Madhi Shrubs Verbenaceae 26 Clerodendrum phlomidis Arani Tree Verbenaceae 27 Clitoria ternatea Gokaran Climber Papilionaceae 28 Coccinia grandis Tindora Climber Cucurbitaceae 29 Cocos nucifera Coconut Tree Arecaceae 30 Commelina benghalensis Kankawa Herb Commelinaceae 31 Commicarpus verticillatus Satodi Herb Nyctaginaceae 32 Corchorus depressus Bhuphali Herb Tiliaceae 33 Cordia dichotoma Mota Gunda Tree Ehretiaceae 34 Cordia gharaf Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 35 Crotalaria burhia Supada Shrub Fabaceae 36 Crotalaria juncea Sunn Herb Fabaceae 37 Cucumis prophetarum Kantora Climber Cucurbitaceae 38 Cuscuta reflexa Amarvel Climber Cuscutaceae
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 109 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
39 Cynodon dactylon Durba grass Herb Poaceae 40 Dalbergia sissoo Sishoo Tree Faboideae 41 Datura metel Dhutura Shrubs Solanaceae 42 Delonix regia Gulmohar Tree Fabaceae 43 Dendrocalamus strictus Bans Tree Poaceae 44 Dinebra retroflexa Viper grass Herb Poaceae 45 Echinops echinatus Kantaro Shrub Asteraceae 46 Emblica officinalis Amla Tree Euphorbiaceae 47 Enicostema axillare Mamejavo Herb Gentianaceae 48 Erythrina variegata Pangara Tree Fabaceae 49 Eucalyptus globulus Nilgiri Tree Myrtaceae 50 Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus Tree Myrtaceae 51 Euphorbia geniculata Fireplant Herb Euphorbiaceae 52 Evolvulus alsinoides Kari Sankhval Herb Convolvulaceae 53 Ficus benghalensis Bargat Tree Moraceae 54 Ficus microcarpa Pipari Tree Moraceae 55 Ficus racemosa Goolar Tree Moraceae 56 Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree Moraceae 57 Indigofera tinctoria Nili Herb Fabaceae 58 Ipomea cairica Climber Convolvulaceae 59 Ipomoea fistulosa Morning Glory Shrubs Convolvulaceae 60 Jatropha curcus Ratanjoti Shrubs Euphorbiaceae 61 Lantana camara Wild Sage Shrubs Verbenaceae 62 Mangifera indica Mango Tree Anacardiaceae 63 Maytenus emarginata Vikaro Tree Celastreceae Melanocenchrus 64 Gas Grass Poaceae jacquemontii 65 Mimosa pudica Lajwanti Herb Fabaceae 66 Mitragyna parvifolia Kadamb Tree Rubiaceae 67 Moringa oleifera Sargvo Tree Moringaceae 68 Murraya koenigii Kadi patta Shrubs Rutaceae 69 Musa paradisiaca Kela Shrubs Musaceae 70 Nerium indicum Lal Karen Shrub Apocynaceae 71 Ocimum bacillicum Sweet basil Herb Lamiaceae 72 Oldenlandia corymbosa Daman pappad Herb Rubiaceae 73 Panicum antidotale Ghum Grass Poaceae 74 Parkinsoinia aculeate Ram babul Tree Fabaceae 75 Parkinsonia aculeata Ram Bavar Tree Caesalpiniaceae 76 Parthenium hysterophorus Gajar ghas Herb Asteraceae 77 Parthenium hysterophorus Congress Gas Herb Asteraceae
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 110 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
S. No. SPECIES NAME LOCAL NAME HABIT FAMILY
78 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Tree Fabaceae 79 Prosopis cineraria Khijado Tree Mimosaceae 80 Prosopis cineraria Khejri Tree Fabaceae 81 Prosopis juliflora Gando Bavar Shrub Mimosaceae 82 Rhynchosia minima Kulata Herb Fabaceae 83 Ricinus communis Castor oil plant Shrubs Euphorbiaceae 84 Sida cordifolia Khareti Herb Malvaceae 85 Sida ovata Bhoyan Bala Herb Malvaceae 86 Solanum indicum Ubhi ringon Shrubs Solanaceae 87 Solanum nigrum Piludi Herb Solanaceae 88 Solanum surattense Jangali Ringani Herb Solanaceae 89 Sorghum bicolor Jowar Herb Poaceae 90 Sorghum bicolor Jowar Grass Poaceae 91 Suaeda nudiflora Moras Herb Chenopodiaceae 92 Syzygium cumini Jamun Tree Myrtaceae 93 Tamarindus indica Tamarind Tree Caesalpiniacae 94 Tamarix aphylla Athel tree Tree Tamaricaceae 95 Tecoma stans Piliya Shrubs Bignoniaceae 96 Thespesia populnea Paras Pimpro Tree Malvaceae 97 Tinospora cordifolia Galo Climber Menispermaceae 98 Tribulus terrestris Mithu gokhru Herb Zygophyllaceae 99 Tribulus terrestris Gokharu Herb Zygophyllaceae 100 Tridax procumbens Tridax Daisy Herb Asteraceae 101 Tridax procumbensi Karo Bhangro Herb Asteraceae 102 Typha angustata Ramban Herb Typhaceae 103 Vernonia cinerea Sankhavali Herb Asteraceae 104 Withania somnifera Ashwagandha Shrub Solanaceae 105 Xanthium strumarium Gokhru Herb Asteraceae
The survey area shows some variety of tree, shrub and herb species. Among the tree species the most common species observed are Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera, Cordia gharaf, Dendrocalamus strictus, Delonix regia, etc. The common shrubs recorded during the primary survey were Lantana camara Datura metel, Solanum indicum, Ricinus communis, Clerodendrum inerme etc. The common herbaceous species observed during the primary survey are Dinebra retroflexa, Typha angustata, Cynodon dactylon, Parthenium hysterophorus, Xanthium strumarium, Tridax procumbens etc.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 111 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Rare and Endangered flora in the study area The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them was assigned any threatened endanger category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. Endemic plants of the study area: Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none can be assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.
Faunal biodiversity in the study area As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for project area and study area are not feasible. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) species within the project area and study area. There are no wildlife sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from project area, It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the project area and study area were free from any endangered animals. Among the Mammals, only Indian field mouse Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen frequently during the survey. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were very common. Indian Cobra and lizard were seen once during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were also rare. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from the area is given in Table 3.32. A list of birds is given in Table 3.35. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, Swifts and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that none of the species with the sole exception of Peacock either spotted or reported is included in Schedule - I of The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Peacocks are fairly common in these areas. They do not come under the threatened category of the IUCN. Further it is easy to multiply Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 112 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study: The mammal survey was carried out by walking through different habitats, recording and collecting evidence of mammals. Besides fixed transect survey as far as possible, random search was also adopted to record the occurrence of mammalian species in the study area. Indirect evidences such as scats, pug/foot marks, calls of different mammalian species and discussion with the villagers in the surrounding villages were used for the identification and documentation of the mammalian species there are several minor carnivorous and herbivorous wild animals in the study area. The commonly observed or reported mammals during study period are presented in below Table No. 3.32.
TABLE 3.32 List of mammals observed in study area S. No Scientific Name Local name Schedule IUCN Status 1 Bandicota bengalensis Indian Mole Rat V LC 2 Funambulus pennanti Palm -Squirrel IV LC 3 Funumbuls palmarum Three Striped Squirrel IV LC 4 Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose* II LC 5 Lepus nigricollis Black napped Hare IV LC 6 Mus musculus Common mouse V LC 7 Presbytis entellus Common Langur II LC 8 Rousettus leschenaultii Fruit Bat V LC * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area.
3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto - fauna: Herpeto-fauna were noticed mainly in fresh water and marshy places Different amphibians, Lizards and reptiles in the study area Presented in below Table No. 3.33., Butterflies: Butterflies spotted in the study area were identified as per Butterflies of India. List of butterflies in the study area are presented in Table.3.34.
TABLE 3.33: List of reptiles and amphibians observed in study area Sl. IUCN IW (P) A, 1972, Scientific Name Common Name No. Status Schedule Reptiles, Lizards & Amphibians 1 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake LC II 2 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait LC IV 3 Naja naja Common Cobra * LC II 4 Hemidactylus brookii House Lizard LC IV 5 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard LC IV 6 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard LC IV
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 113 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Sl. IUCN IW (P) A, 1972, Scientific Name Common Name No. Status Schedule 7 Mabuya carinata Common Skink LC IV 8 Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common Indian Toad LC IV 9 Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian Pond Frog LC IV * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area
TABLE 3.34: List of butterflies observed in study area S. No. Scientific name Common name IUCN Status W(P)A, 1972 1 Papilio polytes Common Mormon LC Sch-IV 2 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow LC Sch-IV 3 Colotis danae Crimson tip LC Sch-IV 4 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger * LC Sch-IV 5 Danaus genutia Striped Tiger LC Sch-IV 6 Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot * LC Sch-IV 7 Mycalesis perseus Common bush brown LC Sch-IV 8 Euploea core Common Crow LC Sch-IV 9 Juninia almanac Peacock Pansey * LC Sch-IV * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area
3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area: Survey for birds was done in different areas like wetlands, cultivation lands. Birds were observed mostly during most active period of the day around 5.30 hrs to 8.30 hrs and 15.30 hrs to 18.30 hrs. Birds were identified by direct observation, identifying the physical features with the help of field guides (The book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali) and reference books. In case of complications in identification, photographs were taken for identification in later stages. Birds were observed in different types of habitats and those areas where sighting chances are more. However, time schedule was altered according to situation and availability of time. The list of avifauna observed recorded or observed in study area is presented in below Table No. 3.35.
TABLE 3.35: List of birds (Terrestrial & Aquatic) either spotted or reported from the areas in and around the project site. IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status 1 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis IV LC 2 Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis IV LC 3 Common Teal Anas crecca IV LC
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 114 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status 4 House Swift Apus affinis IV LC 5 Large Egret Ardea alba IV LC 6 Great White Egret Ardea alba IV LC 7 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea IV LC 8 Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii IV LC 9 Cattle Egret Bulbulcus ibis IV LC 10 Crow-Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV LC 11 Rock Pigeon Columba livia IV LC 12 Magpie - Robin Copsychus saularis IV LC 13 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV LC 14 House Crow Corvus splendens V LC 15 Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV LC 16 Smaller Egret Egretta intermedia IV LC 17 Blackwinged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV LC 18 Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus IV LC 19 Common Coot Fulica atra IV LC 20 Sarus Crane Grus antigone IV LC 21 Black Winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus IV LC 22 Red-Rumped Swallow Hirundo daurica IV LC 23 House Swallow Hirundo rustica IV LC 24 Spotted Munia Lonchura punctulata IV LC Small Green Bee- LC 25 Merops orientalis IV Eater 26 Blue-Tailed Bee-Eater Merops phillippinus IV LC 27 Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia IV LC 28 Common Pariah Kite Milvus migrans IV LC 29 White Wagtail Motacilla alba IV LC 30 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV LC 31 Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius IV LC 32 House Sparrow Passer domesticus IV LC 33 Common Peafowl Pavo cristatus I LC 34 Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis IV LC 35 Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV LC 36 Rufous Fronted Prinia Prinia buchanani IV LC 37 Black Ibis Pseudibid papillosa IV LC 38 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV LC Chestnut-Bellied 39 Pterocles exustus IV LC Sandgrouse 40 Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV LC 41 Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata IV LC
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 115 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
IUCN S. No Local Name Scientific Name Schedule Status 42 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV LC 43 Spotted Dove Steptopedila chinensis IV LC 44 Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptopelia orientalis IV LC 45 Red Turtle Dove Streptoplia tranquebarica IV LC 46 White Ibis Threskiornis aethiopica IV LC 47 Black Headed Ibis Threskiornis melanocephalus IV LC 48 Common Sandpiper Tringa hypoleucos IV LC 49 Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus IV LC 50 Large Grey Babbler Turdoides malcolmi IV LC 51 Red-Wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus IV LC * Ecological data collection - interactions with local personnel, forest officials of respective forest ranges and direct indirect observation in the project area and project study area.
Status of Forest and their category in the study area: No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub cover in the barren lands and area demarcated for grazing.
3.9.4 RET and Schedule – I, Fauna On the basis of literature survey, from Red data books of Indian plants, detailed list Rare and Endangered flora reveals that there are no Endangered, Threatened, Rare plant species observed or recorded during study period. There are no endangered animals, however recorded or observed list of wild animals and their conservation status as per Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 are presented above tables. As per Ministry of Environment, forests and climate change, Forest department of Government of Gujarat state notifications reveals that there are no Biospheres, Tiger Reserves, Elephant Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves in 10 - km radius from plant boundary.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 116 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.10. Socio Economic Study The socio - economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the plant site at Plot No: 1196/1/A & B, Village Rajpur, Ghumasan – Patia Road, Chatral – Mehsana Highway, Rajpur, Gujarat State by Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis for developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of the population.
3.10.1. Methodology Adopted for the Study The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published secondary data and primary data collection through sample survey conducted project study area. The Hand book of statistics, Mehsana District - 2011 for respect to population, density, household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10 km radius study area.
3.10.2. Distribution of Population in the study area As per 2011 census the study area consists of 1,11,242 persons inhabited in the study area of 10km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution of population in the study area is given in Table 3.39.
Table 3.36: Population Distribution 0-6 Y Village Total Male Female 0-6 Y Male 0-6 Y Total S.No Female Name population Population Population Population Population Population 1 Achrasan 1531 794 737 109 98 207 2 Aldesan 1929 1023 906 142 110 252 3 Ambavpura 1647 859 788 117 102 219 4 Anandpura 780 415 365 57 37 94 5 Ankhol 6522 3400 3122 441 348 789 6 Bhatasan 1655 851 804 88 104 192 7 Budasan 8176 3938 4238 446 320 766 8 Chadasna 2590 1328 1262 169 146 315 9 Chandarda 4352 2396 1956 273 260 533 10 Dangarva 2971 1535 1436 180 147 327 11 Dhanali 5355 2797 2558 300 283 583 12 Ganeshpura 1180 610 570 66 61 127 13 Ghumasan 2766 1409 1357 172 178 350 14 Hadvi 2206 1130 1076 153 151 304 15 Indrad 2210 1146 1064 194 151 345
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 117 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
0-6 Y Village Total Male Female 0-6 Y Male 0-6 Y Total S.No Female Name population Population Population Population Population Population 16 Irana 3909 2032 1877 234 227 461 17 Jamnapur 2527 1323 1204 182 154 336 18 Juni Sedhavi 4631 2408 2223 322 279 601 19 Kadi 8621 4525 4096 667 593 1260 20 Kaiyal 2486 1312 1174 158 148 306 21 Karannagar 2423 1233 1190 167 151 318 22 Karjisan 874 467 407 52 43 95 23 Kundal 2065 1081 984 150 127 277 24 Lakshmipura 9395 5020 4375 589 529 1118 25 Lunasan 3562 1863 1699 257 225 482 26 Mathasur 1309 682 627 97 72 169 27 Narola 2097 1077 1020 158 147 305 28 Navi Sedhavi 4938 2665 2273 390 316 706 29 Rajpur 3249 1730 1519 245 206 451 30 Sarsav 6794 3489 3305 408 421 829 31 Untva 1891 1020 871 124 101 225 32 Vadasma 2079 1034 1045 181 162 343 33 Vadu 2522 1292 1230 169 164 333 Total 111242 57884 53358 7457 6561 14018 (Source: Census data 2011)
The male and female population constitutes about 52.03 % and 47.97 % in the study area respectively.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 118 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Figure 3.11: Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area
3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate: Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area. The literate male and female in the study area are 45817 and 34775 which implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 79.15 % with male and 65.17 % with female respectively. The male and female illiterates population in the study area are 12067 and 18583 respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is 20.85 % with male and 34.83 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate and literacy rate in the study area is given in Table 3.37. The graphical presentation of literates and illiterates in study area is given in figure 3.11.
Table 3.37: Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area S.No. PARTICULARS POPULATION 1 Male Population 57884 2 Female Population 53358 3 Total Population 111242 4 Male Population (0-6 years) 7457 5 Female Population (0-6 years) 6561 6 Total Population (0-6 years) 14018 Male Population excluding 0-6 7 50427 Years 8 Male population illiterates 12067
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 119 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
9 Male population Literates 45817 10 Male population illiterates 12067 11 Male population Literates % 79.15 12 Male population Illiterates % 20.85 Female Population excluding 0- 13 46797 6 Years 14 Female population Illiterates 18583 15 Female population Literates 34775 16 Female population Illiterates 18583 17 Female population Literates % 65.17 18 Female population Illiterates % 34.83 (Source: Census data 2011)
Figure 3.12: The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area
3.10.4. Occupational Structure The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport and communication and other services. The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non- workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 120 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other non- workers who do not fall under the above categories. Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of people. Occupational pattern also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the area. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 35984 and 5935 respectively of the total population while the remaining 41919 constitutes non- workers.
Table 3.38: Occupational Structure in Study Area S. No Parameter Total Male Female 1 Main Workers 35984 30739 5245 2 Marginal Workers 5935 1836 4099 3 Non-Workers 69323 25309 44014 Total Population 111242 57884 53358 (Source: Census data 2011)
Figure 3.13: The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 121 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3.10.5 CIVIC AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA The plant site is located near Kadi – where all the basic social amenities like, Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications, Educational facilities, Roads and Power supply are readily available.
A) Power and Energy: All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are electrified for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste Agri-Waste, Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking purpose.
B) Health and Medical Facilities: Most Villages have PHCs or Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary Health Care Mobile Units. For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic Diagnostics, adequate facilities are available near to project site, which is 10 kms. from the plant site. and for Critical and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics, local communities visit Ahmedabad, which is about 29 km from the plant site. Ambulance is available for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious health condition/s to the Multi-Specialty.
C) Tele-Communications: Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL Electronic Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL / Airtel / Vodafone, Idea Cellular & Reliance Telecom Services available everywhere.
D) Local Administration & Law: While all the Villages and Towns do have ‘Village Panchayat’, duly elected by the local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to coordinate with various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for local Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State Governmental Developmental Projects.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 122 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
E) Other Administrative Issues: The Mamlatdar office, is stationed in kadi Taluka which is at a distance of 10.7 km (SW) from the plant area.
F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities: The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at kadi which is near to the plant site and which runs to all major Towns & Cities.
3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent Due to proposed project expansion there will be no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The plant requires a workforce of 180 persons after expansion. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the proposed expansion are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 123
CHAPTER -IV
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 INTRODUCTION The major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the Identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of impacts. In this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious due to the proposed project have been identified. The aspects of the environment, which are likely to be disturbed or damaged due to the proposed expansion project, are represented as parameters. Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies for quantification and evaluation of impacts. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps in minimizing the impacts on environmental quality during the post project execution. The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., air, noise, water, land, socio-economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the activity/project on the environment.
4.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE This includes the following activities related to construction of related structures and installation of related equipment.
4.2.1 Impact on Land Use Present Land use of the site is industrial use and the proposed expansion project will be in an existing area of 2.559 Acres (10357 SQM). No additional land is required for the proposed expansion. Hence, there will not be change of existing land use pattern.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 124
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.2.2 Impact on Land / Soil Environment The activities of proposed expansion will be confined within the plant site premises. During construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible. There will be no disposal of wastewater on land. Hazardous wastes will be stored at earmarked area with impervious flooring, shed and spillage/ leakage collection system to eliminate rainwater contamination, chances of overflow / spillages going on to the land and thus land/ soil contamination.
4.2.3 Impact on Topography It is an expansion project, doesn’t involve any changes in topography and project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of additional buildings and facilities. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography.
4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality There will be impact on Air Environment during construction phase and also during operation phase. The impact during construction phase will be short term and reversible. However impacts during operation phase will have long term impacts due to flue gas emission as well as process gas emission. But suitable air pollution control measures will be adopted to keep the quality of air emission below the prescribed norms so as to have minimal impact on air quality. The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, foundation works and exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, SPM and CO.
4.2.5 Impact on Water Quality The water required for construction will be met from ground water sources. The quality of both surface and groundwater may also deteriorate in regard to the labour camps likely to be developed during the construction phase if proper solid waste management practices are adopted. Improper treatment of sewage from labour
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 125
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. camps leads to infiltration into soil and finally affects groundwater regime. This will create accumulation dirty water over which mosquitoes and other flies to flourish thereby affecting the health of workers. Improper disposal of debris, used oil, faulty and replaced spares, tyres and tubes and diesel for DG sets will result in surface and groundwater contamination and in turn affects the drainage of the area. As such proper housekeeping programme needs to be formulated for proper disposal of solid and liquid wastes. During the operation phase, irrational disposal of liquid wastes will be avoided. The formation of roads will affect the drainage system as such road laying is to be properly planned protecting the natural drainages by leaving sufficient buffer zone of 7.5m on either side of natural stream courses. The baseline status of water quality in the core and buffer zone area has been established through sampling and analysis of various water quality parameters as part of the baseline environmental monitoring. Water samples collected from 16 locations in the core and the buffer zone of 10 km radius of the proposed project area during the study period. The prime objective of the baseline water quality study was to establish the existing water quality in the study area and to evaluate the anticipated impact of the proposed project on water quality and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to the standards of water quality during the construction and implementation/ operational phase of the project. The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid wastes.
4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However, the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.
4.2.7 Impact on Ecology The proposed expansion will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 126
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. will be confined to the plant site and will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling. However, 40% of greenbelt will be developed in the plant site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project activities.
4.2.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment Due to proposed expansion project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The proposed expansion will require an additional workforce of 180 persons during plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio- economic environment due to the proposed expansion are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.
4.3 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE During construction phase, the construction activities like site leveling, grading, transportation of the construction material cause various impacts on the surroundings. However, the constructional phase impacts are temporary and localized to the plant site.
4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations. Solid / hazardous waste generated will be stored separately in Hazardous Waste storage area within the factory premises and disposed as per guidelines. The hazardous waste storage area has non-percolating RCC floor and covered roof. Hence, no significant negative impact is envisaged on the surrounding soil quality due to presence of solid / hazardous waste within the plant premises.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 127
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.3.2 Air Quality Management The activities like site development, construction and vehicular traffic contribute to increase in SPM and NOx concentrations. The mitigation measures recommended to minimize the impacts are: Water sprinkling in construction area. Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment. Tree plantation in the area earmarked for greenbelt development.
4.3.3 Water Quality Management The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.
4.3.4 Noise Level Management Construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the increased noise level. Recommended mitigation measures are: Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment. Restriction of construction activities to day time only. Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise.
4.3.5 Ecological Management During construction, small shrubs in the plant premises are required to be cleared. The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are: The felling of trees will be kept at minimum. Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.
4.3.6 Social community Management Constructional activities will generate employment to about 30 workers.
4.4 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the production starts. The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on the environment and are considered for impact assessment: Air environment Water resources and quality
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 128
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Noise levels Land use Soil quality Solid waste Terrestrial and aquatic ecology Demography and socio-economics. Hydrology & Geology
4.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.
4.5.1 Source of Air Pollution The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.
A. Flue gas Emissions Boiler and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd proposed to install 5 TPH coal fired boiler. A 1000 KVA DG Set is kept as standby power during power failures.
PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boiler and DG set. The emissions from the boiler stack and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.1, 4.2.
TABLE 4.1: EMISSION DETAILS FROM PROPOSED BOILER STACK 5.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Indian Coal with CV of Type of Fuel -- 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 20.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1.0 Height of stack M 32
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 129
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
5.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Diameter of Stack M 0.5 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 200 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 14 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.43 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.30 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 3.42
TABLE 4.2: EMISSION DETAILS FROM DG SET STACK
Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO in dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in m OC in (m) in m/sec.
1000 KVA 65.23 20.53 25 0.20 145.0 11.0 12.24
B. Process/Fugitive Emissions
The most probable emitted pollutants from process are SO2, O2, H2 & HCl. The emission from the process is mainly liberated gases from various reactions. The various gases emanating from reactions shall be scrubbed in a 2 stage scrubber to control the gaseous emission into the atmosphere, by using the suitable scrubbing media. Apart from this all the reactors are connected with primary and secondary condensers to mitigate the solvent evaporation losses from process. C. Fugitive emission The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are handling of raw materials and Solvents. The solvents will be stored in drums in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Solvents are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.
4.5.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies. Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 130
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory. In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , and oxides of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the study area.
Methodology Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation, dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m3) will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level concentrations (GLC’s)
Data Used for Computation Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017. Details of the data used for computations are given below:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 131
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.2.
Meteorological Data The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.
Dispersion Modeling Results The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values for PM, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.3 & 4.4. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for SPM, SO2 & NOx.
TABLE 4.3: PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS
Maximum Incremental GLCs Distance Season (μg/m3) Direction (km) SPM SO2 NOx Oct – 2017 to 1.57 2.15 3.59 0.5 NE Dec – 2017
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 132
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE 4.4: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's Maximum Incremental NAAQ Resultant Baseline Concentrations due Standards Pollutant Concentration Concentration to Proposed Project (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) PM 74.1 1.57 75.67 100
SO2 21.0 2.15 23.15 80 NOx 30.5 3.59 34.09 80
With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of SPM,
SO2 &NOx, will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 & 3 3 NOx (80 μg/m ) and PM10 (100μg/m ) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 133
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SPM
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 134
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 135
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 136
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT The total water requirement for the proposed project is 289 KLD. Total effluent generated is 288.50 KLD. The treated water will be reused for plant operations. The HTDS waste water from Process after neutralization taken for treatment in stripper followed by MEE and ATFD. LTDS waste water including domestic sewage, floor Washes, Utilities waste water taken along with Vapour Condensate from MEE & ATFD for Biological Effluent Treatment plant. Treated effluent from ETP sent to RO and RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects are sent to MEE followed by ATFD for evaporation. Evaporation salts collected and sent to TSDF. MEE & ATFD vapour condensate reused along with RO permeate.
TABLE 4.5: TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION Water Input in S. No Purpose KLD 1 Process & Washings 231.00 2 Boiler make up 29.00 3 Cooling towers make up 20.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 3.00 6 Gardening 3.00 Total 289.00
TABLE 4.6: TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION HTDS LTDS Effluent S. No Purpose Disposal Method in KLD in KLD in KLD 1 HTDS Effluent sent to Process & Washings 243.00 32.00 275.00 MEESystem.MEE Condensate 2 sent to Biological treatment. Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00 LTDS Effluents along with 3 Cooling towers Blow Domestic sewage sent to ETP, 0.00 4.00 4.00 Down treated effluent sent to RO followed by MEE & ATFD. 4
Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water recovered for 5 reuse Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50 MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF. Total 246.00 42.50 288.50
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 137
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The main sources of noise pollution in the plant are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db [A] [during day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.
4.8 IMPACT ON LAND USE The current land use type of project site is Existing Industrial land and no additional land is required for the proposed expansion. Total land in possession is 2.559 Acres (11843.00 SQM). Out of this, development of Greenbelt in 1.08 acres land. Pucca road is available up to the site. No separate road will be laid. Width of the road will be increased from 5 m to 10m which is very marginal. No township is proposed as part of the project. Hence no increase in habitation area. As per land break up single crop land and Double crop lands are the major land use type covering the study area. Crop lands are influencing factors to the environment. The plant is located near Kadi Town. Surrounding area has Synthetic Organics manufacturing units and other Industries which will be cumulatively effect the environment
4.9 IMPACT ON SOIL One of the adverse impacts of a project may be enhanced soil erosion, mainly on account of rain and flood. Soil erosion is due to heavy rains and floods coupled with improper and unplanned land use. Physico-chemical changes in soil quality may occur due to spillage of various chemicals on land around sorage area. The impact will remain confined within the factory premises it will change the quality of soil and impact will be of irreversible in nature.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 138
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.10 IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed expansion project, is mentioned at Chapter -2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste. Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table 4.7. The ash from boiler will be used in the brick manufacturing. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.
TABLE 4.7: SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE FROM PROPOSED EXPANSION Name of the S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Organic waste 1 2296.30 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries (Process Residue) Solvent Distillation 2 1868.41 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries Residue 3 MEE Salts 7805.82 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF 4 ETP Sludge 500 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF Disposed to SPCB Authorized 5 Used Oils 300 Ltrs/Annum Reprocessors. Disposed to SPCB Authorized 6 Container liners 400 No’s/Month agencies. Used Lead Acid 7 2.0 No’s/Annum Buyback of New Batteries. Batteries Solid Waste Details 8 Ash from boiler 7.0 TPD Sent to Brick Manufacturers
4.11 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned: 1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity. 2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 139
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. 4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships.
Negative Impacts: As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity. Most probable Scenario: As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.
4.12 IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 140
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.13 IMPACTS ON HYROLOGY & GEOLOGY The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of plants / crops. The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely affect the soil, surface and groundwater.
4.14 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE 4.14.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the reactors. Adequate stack height of 32 Mtrs will be provided to the 5 TPH boiler. Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag filters will be provided to the boiler. In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.
4.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environment Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system. The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 350 KLD capacity, Biological Treatment system of 250 KLD and RO system with 250 KLD capacities for treatment of 288.50 KLD effluents generated from plant operations. Total Water requirement is 289 KLD out of which 210 KLD recycled water recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 79 KLD will be met from Ground Water source. The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 141
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
The groundwater levels need to be monitored with setting up of piezometers in the core and buffer zone. Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table. Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening. Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings. Conjunctive use of groundwater.
4.14.3 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects. The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.
4.14.4 Measures for hazardous/solid waste To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following
Mitigation measures can be implemented: There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and from the storage of generated effluent from the project. The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof. The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse. Classification of waste
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 142
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale to authorized recycler or re-user. Data Management and Reporting Personnel Training
4.14.5 Measures for Noise To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures, Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will be provided, if required (wherever noise level is more than 90 dB (A)). Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more. Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation. Green Belt Development.
4.14.6 Measures for Soil Conservation During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils. The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit. Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 143
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.14.7 Measures for Land use As per the data sourced from FAE- AP, WP & SHW Flue gases from Boiler stack will be treated in Bag filters and discharged into the atmosphere through a stack of 32 m. Outlet dust emission from Bag filters will be below limits. Effluent water generated from all streams of the proposed project will be treated in ZLD System to recover water for reuse in utilities and Evaporation salts collected and disposed TSDF, Hence there is no liquid discharge Ash generated from the project will be given to the nearby brick manufacturers / cement plants.
4.14.7.1 Impact on agriculture As per the data sourced from FAE- AP, WP & SHW Air emission control systems such as Scrubbers, Dust suppression system, bag filters, covered conveyers; permanent internal roads will be installed / implemented to ensure compliance with the CPCB norms. The effluent from plant will be treated in ETP and after ensuring compliance with SPCB norms, the water recovered from treated effluent will be utilized for utilities and for greenbelt development. Ash generated from the project will be given to the nearby brick manufacturers / cement plants. Waste oil from plant is stored in covered HDPE drums in designated area and given to SPCB approved recyclers With implementation of all the aforementioned control systems & continued compliance with the norms, there will not be any adverse impact on agriculture in the study area due to the proposed project.
4.14.7.2 Impact on change in topography of the land & on drainage pattern. As per the data sourced from EC & PP The proposed expansion will be in an existing area of 2.559 Acres. There will be a change in topography of the land, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 144
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.14.8 Measures for Socio-Economy Due to proposed expansion activity the employment generation will be around 180 persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff. Local qualified personnel can be employed. Under CSR & CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 75 lakhs to take up welfare activities.
4.14.9 Health & Safety measures Provision of periodic medical checkup for all the employees is necessary first aid facilities. Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily accessible and easily workable during emergency.
Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, DCP, water, CO2 type) will be providing inside the factory premises.
4.15 ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to Raw materials
Storage / Handling Transportation of raw materials
Process Raw materials transportation During reaction Drying ETP Operations
Storage / Handling Storage Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and finished products. Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture. Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 145 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant activities. The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all necessary measures to control odours.
4.15.1 Handling All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard practice. For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to entire shed. To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.
4.15.2 Transportation of Raw materials All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation. The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers. The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed containers.
4.15.3 Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.
4.15.3.1 Control measures To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection test and repair activities. Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate corrective action. Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks. Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 146
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
4.15.3.2 Cleaner production practices Process vessels: Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing will be done by metering system to avoid odour. Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.
Storage tanks Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.
House keeping Keep work areas clean. Keep aisles clear. Keep exits and entrances clear. Use proper waste collection containers. Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly. Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 147
CHAPTER -V
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Proposed for expansion of their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. The existing unit is in an area of 2.559 Acres (10357 SQM), having the infrastructure facilities very near to the plant area. Land, water sources, material transportation, and power etc are available without any difficulty and the site is also near to Ahmedabad. Since it is an existing unit with adequate land, there is no need to analyze any alternate site for expansion.
The existing production capacity is 3.0 TPM and production capacity after expansion will be 125 TPM.
The technology proposed by Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. for manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Pigments is one of the best and proven technologies; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed. Thus, no new or untested technology will be used and will be based on Zero liquid Discharge.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 148
CHAPTER -VI
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 PREAMBLE The post expansion project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project. Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring is undertaken primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental change. Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise and occupational health & safety. Regular monitoring is carried out in the Project Area by NABL approved laboratory and will be continued as per the need after the post operations also. Environmental monitoring program after the proposed project is given in following Table 6.1.
TABLE- 6.1: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM Location of Frequency Duration Type of Parameters S. No Monitoring of of Instrument Monitoring to be tested station Sampling Sampling 3 Places at Once in a 8 hrs/24 PM10, SO2, 1 Ambient Air o RDS 120 angle month hrs NOX Production Work room Once in 3 Personal 2 Block, Store --- VOC’ concentration Months Sampler S rooms 3 Stack Boilers, D. G. Once in a --- Stack PM10, SO2,
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 149 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Monitoring Sets, Scrubber month Monitoring NOX and vents Instrument Scrubbing gases. D. G. Sets, Compressors, Chillers, Boiler section, Day – Night Once in a Noise 4 Noise Levels Production --- Noise levels month meter block, Admin. in Leq block, ETP area, Open area etc. Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent, 5 Effluent Condensate, Daily --- Treated Internal & Physical and wastewater External Chemical Ground Nearest Bore Once in six Lab Parameters 6 --- water well months Sludge from Once in six 7 Solid Waste --- Process, ETP months
All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes. . Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. . Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the implementation status . Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has been corrected. . Suitably responds to emergency situations The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.
6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES Looking to the Zero Effluent Discharge by complete evaporation of collected and neutralized effluent, there is no need to establish full fledge laboratory for ETP.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 150
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
However, unit will regularly check pH of the raw effluent. Flow meter will be provided at the ETP (on feed line of Evaporator) for regular monitoring of wastewater quantity. In addition to this, same as the current practice, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater, gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program.
6.3.1 LIST OF INSTRUMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING A. High Volume Sampler (Respirable Dust Sampler) Blower : 1.5 m3 / min capacity with adapter for uniform suction through filter, cyclone separator and arrangement to sample gases. Voltage Stabilizer : A properly calibrated manometer assembly for the determination of flow rate through filter paper. Rota meter : Calibrated (0-5lpm) for maintaining flow rate for gaseous sampling. Main Housing : Rectangular main housing (29 cm x 36 cm)
B. Noise Monitoring Noise levels in the work space environment will be monitored periodically. If any deviation is observed necessary corrective measures will be taken. Monitoring noise level is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance of schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures. A good quality sound pressure level meter is essential for this purpose. This work can be handled by plant authorities themselves or by hiring services. Noise surveillance is for the benefit of the workers well being and to keep track of machine wear.
C. Monitoring Of Effluents Streams The quality of the blow down water from the boiler and other effluents from the plant would be periodically analyzed on a daily basis. These data will be documented and compared against the design specifications. Necessary corrective action will be promptly taken. All the raw effluents will be sent to ETP and analyzed meticulously as
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 151
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. well as treated effluents. After meeting the discharge standards for on land for irrigation treated effluent will be used for Greenbelt development. The following equipments are required for this purpose. pH meter : 0-14 + 0.1 pH units TDS meter : Calibrated Filtration Unit : Capable of holding glass fiber filters Water bath : With regulator Incubator : 27o C+1oC Heating mantle : With regulator for COD Separating Funnels : for oil and grease Muffle furnace : 650o C Single pan balance : Max. 150gms capacity (Accuracy 0.1mg)
The Unit will provide First Aid Centre inside the plant premises and make necessary tie- up with nearby hospital for the medical assistance in case of any emergency. Medical officer will be appointed for the periodical health check-up of the employees. Periodical health check-up reports of all the employees will be maintained. In addition to the above, unit will maintain health records per the factory act.
6.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY Management of Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the Environment. The company believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control. The Proposed Unit will have a well organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental management activities. The will have Environment, Health & Safety Policy. The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the proposed unit will be educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy pasted at various prominent
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 152
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
places in the unit. The company will have EHS policy for standard operating procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety and to take further corrective actions. Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are described in the subsequent topics with relevant headings.
TABLE 6.2: CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY S. No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCES Does the company have a well laid down Environmental policy approved by its board of Company will adopt A directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA Environmental policy. report Does the Environmental policy prescribes for standard operating process / procedures to Environmental policy and bring into focus any in standard operating procedures B fragment/deviation/violation of the will be implemented and Environmental or forest norms/conditions If so, displayed. it may be detailed in the EIA report. What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal Detail of this system is given in C with the environmental issues and for ensuring Figure-6.1 compliances with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliance / violations of environmental Non compliance reports will norms to the board of directors of the company D communicated to all directors in a and / or shareholders or stake holders at systematic manner large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report.
6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 153
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Unit will set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system. The unit will assign responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to perform and co- ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environmental control measures. The environmental management cell (EMC) propose to set-up by unit is given here below in Figure 6.1
FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Director
EHS Manger
Officer - EHS
Supervisors &
Operators
EHS Manager of the unit will be responsible for total environmental management. Overall activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.3. Collect information from regular monitoring and create database. Analyze the data and decide thrust area. Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems. Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information. Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 154
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the conditions prescribed by SPCB. Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken. Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems Prepare budget for Environmental Monitoring Program
TABLE 6.3: RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC S. No Name & Designation Responsibilities Approve environment policy and give directions to 1 Director succeeding component of the cell Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under 2 EHS Manager EMC, keep aware the Director of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents / incident take place, any noncompliance / violation of environmental norms Establish EHS Policy, Development of EHS SOP, EHS Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal complacencies of SPCB & other Authorities. Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance work of environmental Management systems. Observe regularity, discipline and working strength of ETP operator. Property Loss Prevention activities, Work permit, Plant equipment changes, 3 Officer-EHS Mock drill activity, Safety Inspection & audit work, EHS Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee observations/near misses along with corrective action, Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its meeting Review & compliance report. Reporting the general manager about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any noncompliance/ violation of environmental norms 4 Supervisors To coordinate with production department, Utility,
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 155 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
& Engineering department to run ETP smoothly, carry Operator out daily effluent analysis & take necessary actions if required & maintain & update all documents & records on daily basis, Routine cleaning & maintenance of ETP, Maintain minimum stock of required chemicals / materials, Give indent for spare components and follow up for it, maintain hazardous waste storage area in good condition & Record of it, Observe regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers.
6.6 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION 6.6.1. Data Analysis All environmental monitoring data will be stored as computer database by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation of the same. A regular database format will be maintained to keep a track of monitored parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible limits.
6.6.2. Reporting Schedules Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken. EHS Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated will be submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting is as per the requirement of SPCB and MoEF&CC.
6.6.3. Environmental Monitoring Expenditure The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a contingency budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring of the proposed project expansion is about Rs. 2,00,000
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 156
CHAPTER -VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
CHAPTER – VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES
[Risk Assessment, & Disaster Management]
Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Proposed to expand their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. It is covered under Category- A of the EIA Notification – 2006. The Public Hearing was held on 13th June 2018 and PH Minutes are Enclosed as Annexure - IV
7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report. Risk Assessment Disaster management plan Occupational Health
7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY The QRA (Quantitative Risk Assessment) study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References (TORs) given by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change for Environment Clearance (EC). The study has been carried out with a view to comply all TOR points
7.1.2 METHODOLOGY: The following parameters are considered to prepare Risk Assessment. 1. Design data, built in safety systems were studied. Discussions were held with officials on individual safety systems. 2. Hazard Identification exercise was conducted taking into consideration the materials, operating parameters and proposed safety measures. 3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals and Corrosive Chemicals/Toxic chemicals Storage /handling and reactions involved in proposed products manufacturing have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than chronic risks.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 157 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT Navpad pigments Pvt Ltd propose to expand their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit and will handle various chemicals, some of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering such as Hazard Identification, Quantitative Risk Assessment have been considered to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of the plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.
7.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed expansion project, major risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk associated with the flammable storages have been determined semi- quantitatively as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by using order of magnitude data (risk ranking = severity / consequence factor X likelihood / probability factor). Significance of such project related risks have been established through their classification as high, medium, low, very low depending upon risk ranking.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 158 EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
It provides basis for: The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan The types of safety measures required.
7.2.2. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date. Hazard assessment is carried out at the equipment design stage and the control / mitigation measures will be put in place to overcome them to avoid costly errors at a later stage. Hazard assessment in the plant is carried out examining the, Liquid and solid chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations, Storage of Flammable liquid chemicals in bulk-Methanol, DMF, Corrosive/toxic chemicals such as dil Hcl, Oleum, Phosphoric acid, dil Nitric acid, explosive gas such as Hydrogen and pyrophoric material Raney Nickel, locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards. After a critical analysis of the chemicals used, stored, defined safe operating procedures and the different manufacturing processes, the following table lists the safety measures / installations in place and mitigation measures to overcome the hazards.
Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:
Solvents Hazards: Fire & Explosion: Heat produces vapors and can cause violent rupture of containers. Vapors may travel long distances and can flash back. Can undergo auto-oxidation in air & generate heat which can build up in a confined space to cause spontaneous combustion which in turn release of hazardous decomposition products Carbon dioxide, carbon mono oxide. Inhalation can cause dizziness, headache and nausea, depresses central nervous system and has anesthetic effects. Breathing of liquid droplets may
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 159
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
let to chemical pneumonia. In case of excessive inhalation of vapors move the victim to fresh air, obtain medical assistance
Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage tanks, pipe line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any spark. Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer lines Spillage of Hazardous chemicals - Solvents, dil Hcl, Oleum, which leads to Water pollution, soil pollution and Air pollution due to increase in respective chemical TLV Limits. Explosion Hazards due to high pressure in the process reactors. Hydrogen gas explosion at high pressure during Pigment Violet 23 manufacturing.
Raney nickel catalyst Hazards:
Keep container tightly closed and to be stored in a cool, well-ventilated area. Do not allow material to dry. If allowed to dry in air, it turns to red hot and provides a combustion source for exposed combustible materials. It should be kept away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, flammable solvents and source of ignition. In case of spill, do not touch the spilled material. Cover with wet earth and sand. Eliminate all ignition sources. Always use protective clothing with dust respirator and goggles while handling.
Hydrogen handling hazards:
It is a flammable, colorless, compressed gas packaged in cylinders at high pressure. It poses an immediate fire and explosive hazard when concentrations exceed 4%.It much lighter than air and burns with an invisible flame. It should be noted that, before suffocation could occur, the lower flammability of hydrogen in air would exceed possibly causing both an oxygen-deficient and explosive atmosphere. Exposure to moderate
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 160
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
concentrations may cause dizziness, headache, nausea and unconsciousness.
Cylinder storage locations should be well protected, well ventilated, dry, and separated from combustible materials. Cylinders should never knowingly be allowed to reach a temperature exceeding 520C.Cylinders of hydrogen should be separated from oxygen cylinders or other oxidizers by minimum distance of 20 ft. Do not keep any other cylinders in Hydrogen storage area. Cylinders should be stored upright with valve protection cap in place and firmly secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Protect cylinders from physical damage, do not drag, roll, slide or drop. Post “No Smoking or Open flames” signs in the storage areas. There should not be any sources of ignition. All electrical equipment should be explosion proof in the storage and use areas. Provide natural or explosion-proof ventilation adequate to ensure hydrogen does not reach its lower explosive limit of 4% .Hydrogen is incompatible with oxidizing agents.
Oleum handling hazards Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Do not breathe fumes. Inhalation of fumes at high concentration may be fatal. Provide adequate ventilation. Store in stainless steel or glass, in well ventilated area, away from sunlight and moisture. Keep away from strong bases and organic compounds. May react violently if in contact with strong bases, water, organic compounds and base metals. May react with organic compounds to cause an explosion
The exposure to hazards depends upon the concentration of hazard and the frequency and duration of the task. The exposure to hazard could be controlled by reducing either the concentration of hazard, frequency or duration. The concentration of the hazard could be controlled by implementing the following:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 161
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
1. Engineering control at the source 2. Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment 3. Providing suitable personal protective and handling equipment 4. Defined material storage & handling practices 5. Employing experienced trained personnel
.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 162
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
TABLE: 7.1.Area wise Identified Hazards, precautions with mitigation measures.
Severity & S. Area Identified No. of Precautions Mitigation Measures No Hazard Persons Exposed 1. Approved layout as per legal requirements. 1. Area will be cordoned off.
2. Information will be passed to 2. Flame proof electrical fittings will be Emergency control center is installed informed.
3. Chemicals will be stored in safe 3. Information will be given to the Containers with secondary containment to declarer of emergency on the scale prevent spillages. of Leakage.
1] RM Spillage of Low to 4. Storage quantity is limited 4. Emergency Response teams will Storage chemicals medium be kept on alert for swift response. area 4 persons 5. Storage area will be well ventilated by a
forced air ventilation system. 5. All hot works being carried out in
the surrounding areas will be 6. Material will be accessed only by stopped authorized personnel using mechanized
systems 6. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated. 7. Double door entry to ensure a clean
atmosphere.
8. Showers will be provided for decontamination.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 163
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of Precautions Mitigation Measures S.No Area Hazard Persons Exposed
9. Personnel will be provided with full body 7. Spilled powders will be collected protection suits and nose masks to Prevent using vacuum cleaners. exposure to chemicals. 8. The spillage will be cleared and 10. Fire hydrant system with hydrant points the with hose reels and nozzles will be installed area is made fit work to mitigate fire hazards 9. In case of liquid chemical spillage, 11.Fire extinguishers will be deployed the container will be shifted from adequately ware house to the outside for arresting the leakage and transferring 12. Periodical occupational health checks the contents to another vessel will be done to personnel working in the depends on situation. area to assess health effects, if any. The area where leakage is occurred 13. Liquid chemicals such as Hcl, will be neutralized if necessary and phosphoric acid, nitric acid, will be stored in cleaned dedicated area. The warehouse will have good ventilation so as to minimize the Solid chemicals such as, sodium hydroxide, concentration of respective chemical CPC Blue Crude, sodium sulfite, sodium in the working area. nitrite will be stored in dedicated area. Solid and liquid chemicals will not be stored in the same area.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 164
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed 1. Storage facility will be provided in 1. Area will be cordoned off. isolated area to have natural ventilation 2. No Hot work will be carried out in
the vicinity to prevent accidental 2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be spread of fire. allowed in storage area to prevent any fire
hazard. 3. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated 3. No electrical gadgets or items capable of
generating static electric charges will be 4. Emergency control center will be Solvents permitted in the area. informed 2] Storage Fire, Medium to
area Flammable High 4. Personnel will be trained about Do‟s & 5. Information will be given to the area & two Don‟ts during emergency. declarer of emergency on the scale Explosion of Fire, Leakage & Explosion. 5. No heat sources will be permitted near
the Facility. 6. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift response. 6. Hot work will be controlled through a
work permit system 7. The spillage will be cleared and
the area is made fit work 7.For all storage tanks double earthing will
be arranged
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 165
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed 8. Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided 8. In case leakage is found, the to for containment in case of leakage of contents will be transferred to a spare chemical /solvent. tank or in to HDPE drums.
9. Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel.
10. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire extinguishers will be provided at all solvent storage tanks
11. Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be Provided in the solvents storage area.
12. Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in the storage tanks area.
13. Flame arrestor will be provided for each storage tank.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 166
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed
1. All requirements specified under Boiler 1. Shutting down the plant, declaring Act and Boiler will be licensed is adhered the emergency. to. 2. Electrical supply will be isolated. 2. All electrical fittings will be of flame proof type. 3. Type of emergency will be informed to the emergency declarer/ 4] Boiler Fire / Low to 3. Entry will be restricted only to trained central authority. House Explosion medium and Authorized personnel to work in the 2-persons area. 4. Emergency response teams will be kept on alert for swift action. 4. Fire extinguishers will be positioned at different locations in case of any 5. Movement of personnel and Emergencies. vehicles will be prohibited.
5. No material storage will be permitted in Fire hydrant system will be put in use the Area.
6. Auto level controller for Water and high temperature alarms will be provided.
7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 167
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & S.No Area Identified No. Of Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed 8. Area will be well ventilated and illuminated for safe working.
9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation.
10. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts.
11. Periodical cleaning of soot in furnace to Prevent formation of explosive mixtures.
12. Checking of boiler internals to prevent Accidents as per given schedule.
13. Signage‟s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 168
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity &
Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons
Exposed
5] Diesel Noise & Low 1. Noise abatement thru‟ modular acoustic 1. Information will be given to Generator Fire One paneling of D.G set Emergency control center. person 2. Secondary containment is done to 2. Power supply will be cut off to the prevent Diesel leakage from day tanks. storage area to prevent accidental fire. 3. Two nos. of Co2 fire extinguishers will be kept to handle emergency 3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area will be 4. Entry access to the area will be only for cordoned off Authorized personnel. 4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages.
5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.
6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to assess exposure to noise.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 169
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed
1. Layout confirm to legal requirements 1. Information will be given to Will be specified under Indian Electrical Emergency control center. Rules. 2. Power supply will be cut off from 2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and incoming source. authorized personnel only. 3. Electricity supply company will be 3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of alerted for cut off power supply in stray Currents. case of major risks 6] Electrical Electric 2 sub shock / fire 4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed 4. All hot work around the area will be stations for fault indication at the entry of the sub- Stopped and the area is cordoned station. off.
5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS 5. The concerned maintenance 15652:2006 will be provided in front of all personnel will be carried repairs to electrical switchgear. restore normalcy.
6. Periodical inspection and maintenance 6. Emergency Response Team will Will be carried out to ensure good health be kept on alert for swift response of the equipment.
7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 170
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed
1. Storage shed will be at an isolated 1. Information will be given to location. Emergency control center.
2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste 2. Power supply will be cut off from Authorization issued by SPCB will be incoming source. implemented. 3. All hot work around the area will be 3. Compatible wastes will be stored in stopped and the area is cordoned off. separate enclosures Hazardous Low to 4. The concerned maintenance waste medium 4. Layout provides adequate ventilation and personnel will be carried repairs to 7] storage Fire/Leakag 2- Persons illumination restore normalcy room e 5. Secondary containment provided to 5. Fire hydrant system will be put in prevent leakages / spillages use
6. Storage quantity will be limited.
7. Periodical disposal of accumulated waste will be sent to authorize landfills.
8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 171
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Severity & Identified No. Of S.No Area Precautions Mitigation Measures Hazard Persons Exposed
9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on 6. Emergency Response Team will body parts. be kept on alert for swift response.
10. PPE box will be equipped with gum 7. Support of external agencies will boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons be sought in case situation poses for use during handling of chemicals. major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure 11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only.
12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 172
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd.
Table No.7.2 SOLVENTS/CHEMICALS MAX. S. NAME OF NATURE OF NFPA MODE OF STORAGE INVENTORY No SOLVENT/CHEMICAL HAZARD RATING IN TONS 1 Methanol MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R:0 2 HCl PP+FRP Tank 20 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:1 3 Raney Nickel HDPE carboys 2 Flammable H : 2 F: 4 R:1 4 Oleum SS-316L tanks-2 nos 20+20 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:2 5 Hydrogen Cylinders 200 nos Explosive H:0 F:4 R:0 6 DMF SS 304 tank 10 Flammable H: 1 F:2 R:0 7 Phosphoric acid SS 316L tank-2 nos 20+20 Corrosive H: 3 F:0 R:0
8 Dilute HNO3 SS 316 20 Corrosive H: 3 F:0 R:1 9 Ortho Dichloro Benzene HDPE Carboys 5 Flammable H: 2 F:2 R:0
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 173
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
7.3. SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS] 7.3.1 DRUMS Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / pumps /Vacuum through pipe lines from day tank to reaction vessel unloading by gravity.
7.3.2 MEASURES TO AVOID EVAPORATION All liquid chemicals/solvents stored in containers will be tightly closed. Will Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame Will Keep away from sources of ignition
7.3.3 SAFETY SYSTEMS Designated areas with proper indication & safety sings Double earthling systems for all solvent storage tanks & process reactors Flame arrestor to the vent of Solvent storage tanks Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals Handling precautions/sop protocol Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor Level indicators on all solvent storage tanks(Methanol, DMF) Flame proof lighting to solvent storage yard Safety valve & Rupture disc on each process reactor. Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for storage of liquid flammable chemicals/HCl /Oleum/Nitric acid/Solid Chemicals
7.3.4 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during transportation of hazardous chemicals. The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic, inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 174
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials: Park the vehicle at designated place. Stop the engine. Check-up spark arrester. Provide earthing to tanker securely. Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment„s. Connect the piping properly Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage. In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it. After unloading is over, close the lid properly. Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.
7.4. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material. The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle. The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other than what is written on it. Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals. The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of the material. The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading. During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances. The tanker / vehicle should not be overloaded beyond the weight permitted by Transport authorities.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 175
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Check for leakages from the line connections / containers before starting and Stopping the filling operations. Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy roads. Do not apply sudden break. The tanker / vehicle should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas
7.5. SPILL CONTROL For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be controlled as per concerned spill control procedure. Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent clay or vermiculite. Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further disposal/incineration. If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for disposal/incineration.
In case HCl/Oleum/Nitric acid spills on to the ground use dry absorbent clay/vermiculate and neutralize with sodium carbonate The plant is more vulnerable for HCl leakage, solvent leakages, fire due to Raney Nickel expose to dry condition. In case of Raney Nickel catalyst spillage clear instruction will be given to operating personnel not to touch the material and it should be covered with wet earth and sand and eliminate all ignition sources. Hydrogen gas Leakage Hydrogen is a flammable, colorless, compressed gas packaged in cylinders at high pressure. If it leaks, it poses an immediate fire and explosive hazard when concentrations exceed 4%.It much lighter than air and burns with an invisible flame. Cylinders should be stored upright with valve protection cap in place and firmly secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. All electrical equipment should be explosion proof in the storage and use areas. Provide natural or explosion-proof ventilation adequate to ensure hydrogen does not reach its lower explosive limit of 4%.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 176
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
7.6. EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling of solvents, Hydrogen, HCl/Oleum/Phosphoric acid. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds,
7.6.1 OPERATING PARAMETERS Potential vapor release for the material depends significantly on the operating conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are very critical to assess the damage potential. If we take up an example of Raney nickel, if it is exposed at ambient temperature as dry condition and then the material is having potential of catching fire. Hence it is always to be stored in wet condition.
7.6.2 INVENTORY Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard. Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions [pressure, temperature]. If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.
7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 177
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel. The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and weather conditions. In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific incident consequence.
7.7 MAJOR HAZARDS: Hazards from Flammable Liquid Storages, Hydrogen leakage from reaction, Hcl leakage from storage tank and Oleum leakage from storage tank. There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only concerned with „major hazards‟, which are as follows: Jet fires; Hydrocarbon fires associated with tank failures; Pool fires, Vapor cloud explosion; Each of these hazards has been described below.
7.7.1 JET FIRE Jet fires result from ignited releases of pressurized flammable gas or Superheated/pressurized liquid. The momentum of the release carries the material forward in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture. Jet fires only occur where any other flammable gas is being handled under pressure or when handled in gas phase and the release are unobstructed.
7.7.2 POOL FIRES If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 178
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several times longer than in a jet fire. A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.
7.7.3 VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION The facility presently stores and also plans to store highly flammable Chemicals Methanol, DMF etc. for a maximum credible loss scenario the release of such chemicals is likely to form a vapor cloud. If the cloud encounters an ignition source, the parts of the cloud where the concentration is within the flammable range will burn and may in some situations, also create an explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an explosion, defined by blast overpressure, can be significant. In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure Wave; this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum Overpressure is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels fast enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a detonation and very severe overpressures can be produced. Detonation is most likely to occur with more reactive gases such as hydrogen.
7.7.4 TOXIC VAPOR RELEASE: Toxic vapor release due to Oleum and HCl leakage from storage tank which effects plant and surrounding area with more than threshold limit airborne concentration.
7.8 DAMAGE CRITERIA In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided in three major groups. Determination of the source strength parameters; Determination of the consequential effects;
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 179
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Determination of the damage or damage distances.
Table No 7.3: Severity Categories and Criteria
Consequence Ranking Criteria Definition Catastrophic 5 Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability Major 4 Single fatality/permanent total disability Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation leading to Moderate 3 recovery Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment
7.9 RISK EVALUATION Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability. Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies. Table No. 7.4 Risk Matrix
Likelihood Consequence Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable 5 4 3 2 1 Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5 Major 4 20 16 12 8 4 Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3 Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2 Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 180
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Table No.7.5 Risk Criteria and action requirements S. No. Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements “Risk requires attention” – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are 1 High (16-25) adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits. “Risk is tolerable” – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any 2 Medium (10-15) change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls. “Risk is acceptable” – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine 3 Low (5-9) processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered. “Risk is acceptable”- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine 4 Very Low (1-4) processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.
The basic physical effect models consist of the following.
7.9.1 SOURCE STRENGTH PARAMETERS Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated. Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool. Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool dimensions and wind velocity.
7.9.2 CONSEQUENTIAL EFFECTS Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the surrounding area. Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire, as a function of the distance to the source. Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to the distance of the exploding cloud. Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 181
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study strongly depend upon the type of material involved: Gas, vapor, liquid, solid Inflammable, explosive, toxic, Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure
7.9.3 SELECTION OF DAMAGE CRITERIA The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly between different materials. In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished: Heat radiation from a jet & pool fire Explosion due to Hydrogen Toxic effect from toxic materials Oleum, Hcl.
7.10 HEAT RADIATION The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of: The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / M2] The exposure duration [sec] The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body] The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, for second- degree burns and third degree burns are given in below:
Table No.7.6 Damages to Human life due to Heat Radiation Thermal Radiation Type of Damage Intensity (kW/m2) 1.6 No harm for long exposures. 4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn 9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds 12.5 to 15 First degree burn after 10 second; 1% lethality in 1 minute. 25 Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 minute.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 182
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Thermal Radiation Type of Damage Intensity (kW/m2) 35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds.
Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given as below
Table No.7.7 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity Incident Radiation Type of Damage KW/M2 0.7 Equivalent to solar radiation 1.6 No discomfort for long exposure Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. blistering of 4.0 skin (first degree burns are likely) Pain threshold reached after 8 sec, second degree 9.5 burns after 20 sec. Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of 12.5 wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.
7.11 EXPLOSION In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur: A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud; A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source. As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper. For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on: A peak over pressure of 0.1 bars will cause serious damage to 10% of the housing/structures. Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings. The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a blast wave:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 183
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Table No7.8: Damage due to Humans, Structures and Equipment from Overpressure Events. Over pressure (Bar) Description of Damage Direct effects on people 0.138 bar Threshold for eardrum rupture 0.689 to 1.034 bar 90 % Probability of eardrum rupture. 0.827 to 1.034 bar Threshold for Lung Hemorrhage. 2.068 to 2.413 bar 90 % Probability of fatality from Lung Hemorrhage. 4.826 to 13.79 bar Immediate blast fatalities. Effects on Structures and Equipment 0.15 to 0.2 bar Collapse of unreinforced concrete or cinderblock walls 0.2 to 0.3 bar Collapse of Industrial steel frame structure. 0.35 to 0.40 bar Displacement of Pipe bridge, breakage of piping. Total destruction of buildings, heavy machinery 0.7 bar damaged. Displacement of Cylindrical Storage tank, failure of 0.5 to 1 bar pipes.
7.12 INCIDENTS IMPACT The identified failure scenarios in plant have been analyzed for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal, explosive and toxic impacts. Each incident will have impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant boundary.
7.13. MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what constitutes a credible incident is always subjective.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 184
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results. In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified and duly considered. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of software used for MCA analysis are described below. A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area. ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion.
7.14. RISK ANALYSIS Risk Analysis – Solvents storage tanks The main hazards associated with the storage and handlings of liquid flammable Chemicals Methanol, DMF, Toxic chemicals such as Phosphoric acid, Oleum, Nitric acid with respect to the proposed Unit. Hazards associated with the storage and handlings of Flammable chemicals, are pool fire, jet fires and VCE‟s resulting from the ignition of released material. The hazards may be realized following tank overfilling and leaks/failures in the storage tank and ancillary equipment such as transfer pumps, metering equipment, etc. all of which can release significant quantities of flammable material or toxic material on failure.
7.14.1 RISK MODELING SCENARIOS In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid and gaseous Chemical/fuels storage tanks leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been identified as having an effect on the integrity of tanks are related to design, inspection, maintenance, and corrosion.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 185
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Hydrogen has been considered for the consequences analysis considering its hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values. From the Solvents – Methanol, DMF, have been taken for the consequences analysis considering their hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values.
RISK & VULNERABLE AREAS SCENARIO-1: METHANOL Site Data: Location: Navpad pigments Pvt Ltd, Gujarat, India Chemical Data: Chemical Name: Methanol CAS Number: 67-56-1 Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 64.7° C Atmospheric Data: Wind: 3 meters/second from SW at 3 meters Air Temperature: 45° C Relative Humidity: 50%
Source Strength: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank Tank Diameter: 2 meters Tank Length: 6.5 meters Tank Volume: 20.4 cubic meters Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 35° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 15.8 tons Tank is 90% full Circular Opening Diameter: 3 inches Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom Total Amount Burned: 11829 kgs Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed a burning puddle.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 186
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Threat Zone: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : 18 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 23 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 30 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)
In case the Leakage of Methanol from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 16.2 meters within a minute, will get affected. The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Methanol having value of 10 kw/sqm is potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards south west side of the plant within the radius of 16.2 meters. The vulnerable areas which are in radius of 20.7 meters towards south west side of the plant is potential for second degree burns to plant personnel having thermal radiation of 5 kw/sqm within a minute. The leakage and fire of Methanol in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*4 =12
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 187
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is tolerable” – Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of Methanol. It is highly flammable liquid in presence of open flames and spark. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank. In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank.
SCENARIO-2: N,N-DIMETHYLFORMAMAIDE Chemical Data: Chemical Name: N,N-Dimethylformamide CAS Number: 68-12-2 Molecular Weight: 73.09 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: 152°C Atmospheric Data: Wind: 3 meters/second from SW at 3 meters Air Temperature: 45° C Relative Humidity: 50% Source Strength: Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammable chemical escaping from tank (not burning) Tank Diameter: 1.5 meters Tank Length: 6 meters Tank Volume: 10.6 cubic meters Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 35° C Chemical Mass in Tank: 9.84 tons
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 188
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Tank is 90% full Circular Opening Diameter: 2 inches Opening is 1 inch from tank bottom Total Amount Released: 574 kgs Threat Zone: Model Run: Gaussian Orange: 84 yards --- (91 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])
In case the Leakage of DMF from storage tank and when it spreads on ground the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 75.6 meters will get solvent vapor concentration of 91 ppm which is potential to get long lasting adverse health effects within 60 minutes to the plant personnel. The leakage of DMF in the plant and its consequence considered as moderate and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*3 =9 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is acceptable” – Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of DMF. It is flammable liquid. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition. The tank should have dyke wall equal to 110% of the tank volume. This is to contain the leaked DMF in the dyke only.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 189
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
In case of leakage the contents should be transferred to another spare tank to minimize the Risk level. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas. Meanwhile the leaked material should be contained. Absorb with dry earth, sand or other non-combustible material.
SCENARIO: 3 OLEUM Chemical Data: Chemical Name: Oleum Solution Strength: 20% (by weight) Ambient Boiling Point: 141.5° c CAS Number: 7446-11-9 Molecular Weight: 80.06 g/mol Atmospheric Data: Wind: 3 meters/second from SW at 3 meters Air Temperature: 45° C Relative Humidity: 50% Source Strength: Evaporating Puddle Puddle Area: 5 square meters Puddle Mass: 2 tons Ground Temperature: 45° C Total Amount Hazardous Component Released: 2.47 kgs THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Yellow: 226 yards --- (0.2 mg/(cu m) = AEGL-1 [60 min])
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 190
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
In case the Leakage of Oleum from storage tank and when it spreads on ground the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 203.4 meters will get Toxic gas concentration of 0.2 mg/cu m which is potential to get notable discomfort, irritation or certain asymptomatic non-sensory effects within 60 minutes to the plant personnel. The leakage of Oleum in the plant and its consequence considered as moderate and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*3 =9 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is acceptable” – Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of oleum. It is toxic liquid. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition. The tank should have dyke wall equal to 110% of the tank volume. This is to contain the leaked Oleum in the dyke only. In case of leakage the contents should be transferred to another spare tank to minimize the Risk level. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas. Meanwhile the leaked material should be contained. Absorb with dry earth, sand or neutralize with calcium carbonate powder.
SCENARIO-4: HYDROCHLORIC ACID Chemical Data: Chemical Name: Hydrochloric Acid Solution Strength: 33% (by weight) Ambient Boiling Point: 75.5°C Hazardous Component: Hydrogen Chloride CAS Number: 7647-1-0 Molecular Weight: 36.46 g/mol Atmospheric Data: Wind: 3 meters/second from sw at 3 meters Air Temperature: 45° C Relative Humidity: 50% Source Strength:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 191
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Evaporating Puddle Puddle Area: 20 square meters Puddle Mass: 10 tons Ground Type: Concrete Ground Temperature: 45° C Total Amount Hazardous Component Released: 78 kgs THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Orange: 108 yards --- (22 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Yellow: 386 yards --- (1.8 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])
In case the Leakage of dil Hcl from storage tank and when it spreads on ground the vulnerable areas which are in radius of 97 meters will get Hcl Vapors concentration of 22 ppm which is potential to give life serious ,long-lasting health effects within 60 minutes to the plant personnel. The leakage of dil Hcl in the plant and its consequence considered as moderate and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*3 =9 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is acceptable” –
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 192
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of dil Hcl. It is toxic liquid. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition. The tank should have dyke wall equal to 110% of the tank volume. This is to contain the leaked Hcl in the dyke only. In case of leakage the contents should be transferred to another spare tank to minimize the Risk level. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas. Meanwhile the leaked material should be contained. Absorb with dry earth, sand or Neutralize with calcium carbonate powder.
SCENARIO-5 HYDROGEN
Chemical Data: Chemical Name: HYDROGEN CAS Number: 1333-74-0 Molecular Weight: 2.02 g/mol Ambient Boiling Point: -252.7° C Atmospheric Data: Wind: 3 meters/second from sw at 3 meters Air Temperature: 45° C Relative Humidity: 50% Source Strength: Direct Source: 2 kilograms Total Amount Released: 2 kgs THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion Type of Ignition: ignited by detonation Model Run: Gaussian Red : 18 yards --- (8.0 psi = destruction of buildings) Orange: 20 yards --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely) Yellow: 34 yards --- (1.0 psi = shatters glass)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 193
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
In case the Leakage of Hydrogen from cylinders and pipe lines which got detonated, the vulnerable areas, which are in radius of 16.2 meters within a minute, the buildings will get destructed due to blast pressure of 8 psi towards south west side. The vulnerable areas which are in radius of 18 meters towards south west side of the plant are potential to receive serious injuries to plant personnel. The hydrogen detonation in the plant and its consequence considered as Major and its likelihood is unlikely Significance = Likelihood X Consequence =3*4 =12 As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements The risk significance is Medium. “Risk is tolerable” – Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures in handling of Hydrogen. It is highly explosive gas. The cylinders and hydrogen transfer lines should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints. At any point of time do not place any ignition source nearby Hydrogen cylinders and transfer line. In case of explosion inform plant head for emergency preparedness.
7.15. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the work place which are capable of causing harm. For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee‟s health, and predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 194
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
being handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected / tested by an outside agency. The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and tested frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a competent third party and kept all the time in ready to use condition. Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside physician. If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given time to time. Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-dated time to time.
7.16 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and equipment. The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe operating procedures. Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel. Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Gujarati and English languages.
7.17 FIRE PROTECTION Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump, electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. will be installed at the plant. The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per relevant standards. Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse (solvent storage in drums) and calibrated and maintained properly.
7.18 STATIC ELECTRICITY All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will be bounded and earthed properly. Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 195
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained. Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.
7.19 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.
7.20 SAFETY INSPECTIONS The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and departments. 7.20.1 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner.
7.21 ELECTRICAL SAFETY Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval. Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions.
7.22 COLOUR CODING SYSTEM Color coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS: 2379:1990.
7.23 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN . ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN . OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
7.23.1 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN . The details of Onsite Emergency Plan are discussed in the following sections
7.23.2 DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories
LEVEL-1 The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to- Small fire in the plant Low toxic gas release for short duration. Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 196
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
LEVEL-2 The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to- Major fire inside the factory premises. Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises. Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.
LEVEL-3 The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to- Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.
7.23.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The company will develop an emergency management team. The management structure includes the following personnel Site main Controllers Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers Key Personnel‟s Essential Workers The other elements of plan are Assembly points Emergency control center Fire control center Medical arrangements Other arrangements
7.23.4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.
7.23.4.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC] PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS HEAD will act as a SMC
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 197
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He shall: Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the scene and handle the situation. Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation. Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant. In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers. Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required. Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the premises. Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities. Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren” Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within the premise.
7.23.4.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/Shift in Charge].He is the shift supervisor of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time. 1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 198
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities Safety of personnel Minimize damage to property and loss of material Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the engineering/hot jobs. Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main security gate through telephone or messenger system. Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and evacuation of the site Report all developments to the main controller Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry. Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head count of plant.
7.23.4.3 KEY PERSONNELS Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency. As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants, evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC. All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC. They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on oil duty or holiday.
7.23.4.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS A task force of essential trained workers [Expert‟s team] is available to get the work done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include: Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 199
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Shutting down plant and making it safe Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process, providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work, etc Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the accident. Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare. The injured is given First Aid. Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk. Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control. Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there. Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities. Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as messengers if necessary. Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the works. Informing surrounding factories and the public as directed by the Site Main Controller. Any special help required.
7.23.5 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:
7.23.5.1 ASSEMBLY POINT Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport and rehabilitation. Security office will be considered assembly point, taking into consideration of the size of the plant facilities.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 200
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers [who are not assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall report to specified Assembly point. Assembly Point is located at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction. To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly point. Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. At each Assembly point duties of Assembly point, In charge have been also displayed in brief. Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE‟s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with workers.
7.23.5.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER The emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is available in the Emergency Control Room. The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities. 1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility 2. Telephone directory 3. Factory layout plan 4. Map of the area 5. Employee blood group and their address 6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages 7. Adequate numbers of PPE‟S 8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 201
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
7.23.5.3 FIRE SERVICES Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation
A] Role of Manager (Fire and Safety/shift in-charge [Fire and Safety] Manager [EHS] shift in-charge [EHS] will be the only person to direct the fire fighting and emergency operation. Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.
B] Fire and Safety officer. [EHS Officer] On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew. Position the fire tender in upwind direction. Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take appropriate measures to handle the emergency. Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about the gravity of the situation. He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.
C] Fire Crew Members On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of shift fire & safety officer. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.
D] Emergency Squad Members On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main controller, safety in charge or incident controller They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller They shall help for safe evacuation
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 202
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
7.23.5.4 MEDICAL SERVICES A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer [Medical Assistance] He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital. He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if required. He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary. He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.
B] Role of other Medical staff As directed by medical officers.
7.23.5.5 SECURITY SERVICES Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers. Receive message from the observer Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency Announce on the public address system Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital during off hours Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises\ Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade, hospitals during off hours
Role of Security Guard On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his directions
7.23.5.6 MUTUAL AID In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 203
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend is done as mentioned below. The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid, transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special protective wear or any other help as the case may be. Manager – Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period and ensure co-operation. Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is established with local panchayat Officials and Police Officials.
7.23.6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an emergency response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This includes: Accident initiation and rising of alarm Accident evaluation and emergency declaration Off site and external agency notification Implementation of onsite response actions Implementation of protective actions and evacuations Co-ordination of response action with external agencies Management of emergency resources Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures
7.23.7 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the emergency control center [ECC]. The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of the plant. It is manned round.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 204
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
7.23.8 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES Action plan On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and start actions. The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team members to get essential information if required but if does not required to take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team. Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address System about termination of emergency. In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled, then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he will instruct the security to sound “EVACUATION SIREN”
Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely affected area will be identified and population within will estimated. The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept ready to meet any eventuality. Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help. Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others concerned to be intimated. Procedure for salvage operations The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main controller, his advisory team and incident controller. They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by security supervisors. During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm Master plan of facility and 5kms surrounding area-displayed on wall
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 205
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall Availability and location of personal protective equipment Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities Internal telephone List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on table and wall. Transport facility Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency Telephone directory both local and surrounding district General stationary like paper, pencil etc. Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no‟s and blood group List of first aiders and emergency squad members Details of all contractors and their employees. Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc. The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire extinguishers, PPE should be marked onsite.
7.23.9 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY In case of fire, cut of contact of fire with flammable material or prevent of fire by other means Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before sending to ETP tank. Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF site. During fire emergency use necessary PPE. Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of between valves or tank failure.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 206
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help of pump/piping. In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP. The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form tank body tank will be repaired. Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule. In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material in the tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump. Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness checking shall be same as per schedule. In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and washed with water.
7.23.10 RAISING THE ALARM Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency. Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, toxic or corrosive substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident. Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to “blow the emergency Alarm” by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst, security officer/Security supervisor. In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate to inform.
Details of siren are given below
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 207
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Siren codes Declaration of emergency:-A long short wailing siren for one minute will mean that there is an emergency within the premises. All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear, normal condition. Evacuation siren:-A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in the premises will evacuate as per the plan.
7.23.11 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.
TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in case of any emergency situation arises in the factory. Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the injured.
7.23.12 PLANT OPERATIONS 1. Role of HOD He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting operation.
2. Plant Employees They shall: On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor Do as directed by plant supervisor Stop all hot works Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the “Assembly Point “near main security gate viz visitors, guests Stop all non-essential operations
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 208
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
3. Non-plant Employees On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at “Assembly Point” near main security gate along with guests and visitors.
7.23.13 TELEPHONE MESSAGES Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the siren/hooter, he/she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the message.
7.23.14 MOCK DRILL In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock drills would be taken. All this is to familiarize the employees with the concept and procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing planned and unplanned mock drills. Two types of Mock drills are in practice. They are 1. Announced-Once in 3 months 2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.
Mock drill observation Mock drill observation team [ERT members] is constituted and they note down the action of various coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each coordinator and their duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the advisory team and emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records in chronological order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting note is circulated for compliance of concerned.
Role of Mock drill observers Note readings of plant instruments Meteorological conditions
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 209
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded / reported Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries and equipment damage.
7.24 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN “If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”
FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCYPLAN
The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main purposes of the plan are as under:
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 210
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd
To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency. To assist the district authorities in preparing the Offsite emergency plan of the district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware about this aspect. The function of the offsite plans are as under: Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:- Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc Communication facilities - List of important telephones Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment Specialized Knowledge - Trained people Voluntary Organization - Details of organization Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance
7.24.1 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a correct assessment of situation.
7.24.2 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may have appointed an Emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of different emergency within the local authority area.
7.24.3 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.
7.24.4 ROLE OF POLICE The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 211
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt Ltd during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements.
7.24.5 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and facilities in addition to those available locally.
7.24.6 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need, as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.
7.24.7 THE ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories. Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 212
CHAPTER -VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed expansion activities will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;
8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY For the proposed expansion unit, 180 persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. Due to proposed expansion project, there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 213
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)
Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the society. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for the expansion of the project as far as possible. Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of their CSR & CER activities. Unit will spend about 5% of the project cost for CSR & CER activities in nearby villages. CSR & CER activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 214
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CSR & CER BUDGET FROM NAVPAD PIGMENTS PVT LTD
Project Location : Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CSR & CER Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production from expansion unit.
Project cost : Rs. 15 Crores
CSR Budget : Rs. 60 Lakhs [4% of the Project cost] for 5 Years CER Budget : Rs. 15 Lakhs [1% of the Project cost] for 5 Years Total CSR & CER 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th S. No (Rs. in Proposed Action Plan Activity Year Year Year Year Year Lakhs) Proposed to establish drinking water Drinking water RO plants for supply in Chandarda, 1 supply to nearby 20 10 5 5 5 45 Ghumasan, Rajpur, Chadasan, villages. Nandasan, Jhulasan & Indrad villages. Supply of books, uniforms and other Educational Aid to educational aides like computers with 2 3 3 3 3 3 15 the school students internet facilities to nearby village schools. Health camps will be conducted every 3 Health Camps 3 3 3 3 3 15 year for people of nearby villages and distribution of necessary medicines. Total CSR & CER Budget 26 16 11 11 11 75
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 215
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Drinking water facility 1. Proposed to establish drinking water RO plants for providing potable water to Chandarda, Ghumasan, Rajpur, Chadasan, Nandasan, Jhulasan & Indrad villages in 5 years period. 2. Industry will maintain the RO Plants for supply of drinking water on regular basis.
8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the project will help the Government by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.
8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT The plant site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, power, easily accessible approach roads, public transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed expansion project. However, benefits due to CSR & CER activities may be realized if it is related with such facilities.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 216
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS The proposed expansion activities will have many employment & trade opportunities with the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. With this proposed expansion, Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. contributes to growth in manufacture sector. The country will also benefit from GST revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase. Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area is anticipated at least due to the CSR & CER activities planned by the company. The long- term implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 217
CHAPTER -IX
ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - IX
ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 218
CHAPTER -X
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after construction / Modification and commissioning of the projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for outlining the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan indicates the details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to mitigate the pollutants generated due to its operations. The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities of the industry are summarized below.
A. Construction / Modification Phase: Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site security.
B. Operation Phase: Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide from the boiler stack and D.G. Set. Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution. Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation. Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations. Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 219
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE -10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP
IDENTIFICATION OF THE POTENTIAL IMPACTS
RECOMMENDED MITIGATION MEASURES
DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND RESIDUAL IMPACTS
ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBLITIES FOR PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
CONTIGENCY PLAN WHEN IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN EXPECTED
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 220
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Construction related impacts: The industry is an established small scale Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit. The potential for environment pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control during the construction phase.
10.2.1 Site Preparation The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.
10.2.2 Sanitation The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for onsite workers.
10.2.3 Noise The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.
10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner. Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump. Spent liquid waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termites etc, will be correctly neutralized and disposed off.
10.2.5 Site Security The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 221
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION 10.3.1 AIR QUALITY The emissions from boiler & D.G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these emissions on the environment. The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all five pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs. For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install a 5 TPH coal fired boiler. The coal requirement of 20.0 TPD will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. A 1000 KVA DG set is proposed for this project for usage during the power failures. The industry proposed to install a 250 TR cooling tower.
10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to minimize and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective dispersion into the atmosphere.
A. Stack Design Stack of 32 m height with controlling equipment (cyclone separator followed by Bag Filters) will be provided for the coal fired boiler with the approximate flue gas exit velocity of 14 m/s ensures proper dispersion of the flue gas into atmosphere. This design will ensure the ground level concentration of the pollutants to comply with the ambient air quality standards. DG Set Stack emission Controlled by providing adequate stacks height to disperse into atmosphere and maintain the air pollutants within the limits prescribed by CPCB.
B. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, PP bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key arrangement. Slight increase of Ground level Dust and VOC in air and it can be minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant premises and providing proper roads for transportation.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 222
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION All the equipment in the plant would be designed to have a total noise level not exceeding 70-75 dB (A) as per the requirement of CPCB standards.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT Compressors, Boiler and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant, of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no need for the workers to be near the DG set & compressor units continuously. The Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as permitted by CPCB.
NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources. The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation. Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained ENT Doctor.
10.3.3 WATER QUALITY Water is essentially used in process, Boiler and for cooling tower along with domestic purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from
Ground Water sources.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT The effluent generation is from process, boiler blow down, DM Plant Regeneration, Scrubbing System, Floor & Reactor washings and Domestic sections. The unit will provide proper wastewater collection and Treatment methods to treat the trade effluent in the plant premises. Process effluent will be segregated based on COD & TDS concentration and collected separately by gravity from all sources into a collection Pit.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 223
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks separately. The industry by opting ZLD treatment system to recover water for recycle and reuse for plant operations and to conserve the scarce resource of water.
Treatment system The effluent will be neutralized, the HTDS/HCOD effluent will be sent to steam stripping Column for collection of Organic distillate which is mixed in the waste water stream. After stripping, effluent will be sent to Multi Effect Evaporation System, Stripped Organics collected and sent to cement industry/TSDF incinerator. The concentrate from the MEE System will be sent to ATFD and salts from the ATFD will be collected and sent to TSDF for safe disposal. The condensate from MEE followed by ATFD sent to biological system for Treatment. The LTDS effluent along with MEE / ATFD condensate will be sent to Biological treatment, treated effluent sent to RO for water recovery. The RO permeate will be reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE followed by ATFD for further evaporation. MEE condensate collected along with RO permeates for reuse. Salts from ATFD collected and sent to TSDF. All the treatment tanks etc. is constructed only with acid proof tiles and 1.5 to 2.5 meters above the ground Level. Roof Water Harvesting System will be put in practice to recharge the ground water. Strategic Control / Management Minimizing water usage. Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and reuse. Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the process and operation methods. Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water.
Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 224
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE -10.2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM
HTDS Effluent 246 KLD
Organic Distillate to Stripper Cement Industry @ 2% (4.92 KLD)
MEE 241.08 KLD Vapor LTDS Condensate@80% Effluent 192.86 KLD 42.5KLD ATFD
BTP Losses @5% Salts to TSDF 235.36 KLD 11.76 KLD
RO Reject to RO System RO permeate for Reuse MEE MEE 67.08KLD 223.6 KLD @70% 156.52 KLD
Condensate Water for Reuse ATFD @80% 53.66 KLD 210.18 KLD *Water recovery from ZLD system is 210 KLD
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 225
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE-10.3: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT HTDS
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 226
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE-10.4: FLOW CHART FOR LTDS EFFLUENT TREATMENT
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 227
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF ZLD SYSTEM All the effluent generated from the plant are collected in the Effluent collection pits and from those pits effluent will be pumped to the above ground storage tanks through the closed HDPE pipe lines. All these effluent collection pits are lined with acid proof tiling or HDPE lining. The Industry will construct the above ground storage tanks to store the collected effluent from various streams. The tanks consist of 6 Compartments and are used to store the HTDS in two compartments and LTDS in four compartments effluents separately. These tanks can accumulate more than 4 days generation of effluent. The HTDS effluent consists of COD will be sent to the Stripping Column for the removal of same and thereafter the effluent will be sent to the MEE system which consists of 3 Calendrias and the condensate will be collected. The concentrate will be sent to ATFD for separation of salts. The condensate collected from MEE & ATFD sent to ETP for treatment. The salts generated from the ATFD will be stored & disposed to TSDF for secure Land Fill. Now, the Condensate water from the MEE system along with the LTDS effluent will be sent to the ETP system for the removal of BOD etc., The ETP system consists of Aeration and Clarification. After this the treated effluent from biological system is passed through the Sand Filter, Carbon Filter and Micron Filters and finally sent to RO System. 70% water recovered as RO permeates. Remaining 30% reject water will be sent to MEE followed by ATFD system for Evaporation. In this ZLD treatment we can recover 70% of the water for recycle and reuse in the plant Utilities.
FIGURE-10.5: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT Effluent Type Treatment Flow Collection Equalization & neutralization Stripper MEE ATFD TSDF HTDS MEE/ATFD Condensate sent to Biological Treatment followed by RO. Collection ETP (Biological Treatment) Sand Filter LTDS Carbon Filter Cartridge Filter RO Plant RO Reject to MEE. RO Permeate for Re-usage.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 228
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3.3.2 The Technical Details of the Systems are as follows: MEE System Capacity: 350 KLD RO System Capacity: 250 KLD
10.3.3.3 MEE Plant Configuration
Part – A: Stripper Unit with Flash Condenser, Re boiler and Recirculation Pump Part– B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant with Thermo Compressor, Required Equipment & Components. Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer
10.3.3.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part – A) 1. Feed will enter to the series of Pre heaters of Evaporator P3, P2 and then P1 using Feed Pump. From Discharge of Feed Pump Feed will be heated through Series of Pre heater using Vapour from Jacket of respective Calandria. Feed will be heated to the boiling point and will enter to the recirculation loop of Stripper. 2. Recirculation Loop of Stripper will comprise of Flash Vessel, Recirculation Pump and Re boiler. 3. Feed coming out from Pre heater of Evaporation Plant will re-circulated through boiler and heated up using Steam. 4. Heated Feed will allow flashing in Flash Vessel and by flashing high volatiles and Water will convert to vapour. Vapour will travel from bottom to top of Stripping column where feed liquid will flow from top to bottom. Random packing inside the stripping column provide mass transfer surface to vapor liquid interface. 5. Rich organic vapour with some water vapour will come out from the top of Stripper column. This vapour will be condensed in Flash Condenser at the top of Stripper column. 6. Condensed organic rich liquid will be collected in Reflux pot from condenser. From Reflux pot partly it will be withdraw according to the desired Water Vapour/ Organic ratio and remaining will enter to the column as reflux.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 229
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.3.3.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - B) 1. From Discharge of Stripper recirculation Pump feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant. Feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant from Discharge of recirculation pump of Stripper. 2. First Effect is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calandria-1, Vapour Separator-1 and Recirculation Pump– 1. Liquid will recirculate continuously a through Calandria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of Condensation of First Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 3. This Flash Vapour will partly recompressed to the Jacket of First Effect using Thermo compressor which will convert high pressure motive steam to low pressure and will create suction and take part of the water vapour from Vapour Separator -1. 4. Condensate from Jacket of First Effect will travel to 2nd Effect using pressure difference available between these two Jackets. 5. Concentrate will be coming out from 1stEffect will be sent to Balance Tank -2 which will be placed between 1stand 2ndEffect. 6. Second Effect also is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calandria-2, Vapour Separator-2 and Recirculation Pump– 2. Liquid will recirculate continuously a through Calandria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of Condensation of Second Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 7. Concentrate coming out from 2nd Effect will be below saturation level and there will not be any crystallization takes place in 2nd effect. 8. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated. 9. Condensate coming out from 2nd Effect Jacket is a mixture of Steam utilized in Thermo compressor and Evaporated Water Vapour from 1st and 2nd effect. Condensate will be taken out from plant using Condensate Outlet Pump and send for Storage. 10. Concentrate from Evaporation will be taken out from the Plant using Concentrate Outlet Pump and send to ATFD.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 230
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
11. Water Vapour from Last Effect will be condensed in surface type condenser using Cooling Water as condensing media. Steam Jet Ejectors/ Water ring Vacuum Pump will maintain vacuum in the plant back to the condenser.
10.3.3.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - C) 1. Feed Pump will be gear/ roto type pump to handle viscous Feed. Feed will not required to preheat as it will come at 85-90 Deg C from the tank. Feed will enter to the Vertical ATFD first for initial evaporation. Feed will splash to the Heat Transfer Surface of ATFD using liquid distributor. 2. V-ATFD will be a hollow cylindrical Jacketed Vessel having Agitator and specially designed Scrapper blades to wipe out the Surface of ATFD all the time to keep it clean. This will maintain consistent performance of ATFD for a long time. 3. ATFD Scrapper will rotate at medium RPM using Gear Box for reduction of RPM which will be govern by Variable Frequency Drive. 4. ATFD Heat Transfer Surface will be heated through Steam in Jacket. Vapour outlet will be connected with Entrainment Separator to avoid product contamination in Condensate. Vapor will be condensed in Condenser and Negative draft will be maintained by Water Ring Vacuum Pump. 5. Product coming out from bottom of Vertical ATFD. Steam will be applied in Jacket of same to allow the product dry.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 231
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE-10.6: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE SYSTEM
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 232
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Generation of hazardous / Solid Wastes The hazardous / solid waste generation from process, spent carbon, used oils, ETP sludge, Evaporation Salts, ash from boiler; will be sent to TSDF/Cement plants/Brick manufacturers as per respective waste category.
Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:
Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused. Volatile raw materials will be separated by rectification and these can be recycled into process. Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Some of these are as follows: Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment system. Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.
Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place with paved surface. These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and stored in the designated area in scrap yard. Washed water sent to ETP. These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE Department of the project.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 233
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
HANDLING OF SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined PP bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is accumulated, Organic Waste will be sent to Cement Industry for incineration and Inorganic waste will be sent to TSDF for further treatment and safe land fill. Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste Management unit.
10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]: The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity. Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air pollution. Proponent will develop greenbelt around 40% of its total area.
Management Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct hoods with top cover. All tanks vents being used for storage flammable chemicals will be connected to respective condensers to avoid VOCs in the plant area.
10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]: This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.
Positive impacts Direct employment generation potential of the project after expansion will be for about 180 persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the Qualified People from within the Study Area.
Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance, Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 234
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will increase.
10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]: The proposed expansion project is located on the divide portion of the catchment and is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment area of the plant site is small and recharge conditions are moderate. However, the buffer zone of 10 km radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential. All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations.
Ground Water Conditions Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the banded biotitic hornblende gneisses. 8 bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 15-30m. The yield ranges of bore wells were found to be 200-300 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable. As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater. The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for groundwater extraction for the proposed Bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing unit.
Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time affecting the flow rates of water. The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the soil, surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any spillage or leakages.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 235
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system. Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects. All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in contact with surface/ groundwater.
10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY]: In Mahesana area predominant soil group is of Loamy soil. 54% of the area is covered by coarse loamy soil and 42.27% area is covered by Fine Loamy soil. It has been observed that infiltration rate in the loamy soil is high.
10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]: The proposed expansion project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site and it is a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit; the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils. The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit.
10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]: All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 236
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on regular interval through third party. Following hazards may occur during the operation. Fire Hazards Chemicals handling and Storage Road accidents Process hazards Health hazards Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in the plant. Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment Identification of persons at risk Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk Disaster management plan
10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 10.11.1 OBJECTIVE The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics. Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building, construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the importance of greenbelts in such projects. Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 237
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board.
10.11.2 Action Plan As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be about 40% of the project area. There are block plantations within the project site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant site with 5 to 10 m width patches and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m (1500 trees per Ha). About 600 trees will be grown in the space available. Since there shall be two rows of trees, they get direct light at least from one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large trees with wide canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees. Soil is good and suitable for plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season. Special care shall be taken to water them at least once in 7 to 10 days during the dry period. A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions. A suggested list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in Table 10.1.
TABLE -10.1: LIST OF PLANTS PROPOSED FOR GREENBELT S.No Botanical name English name Habitat 1 Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Shrub 2 Acacia arabica Gum arabic tree Tree 3 Acacia ferruginea Rusty Acacia Tree 4 Acacia mearnsii black wattle Tree 5 Acacia melanoxylon Sally Wattle Tree 6 Acacia nilotica Babool Tree 7 Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Shrub 8 Albizia lebbeck Flea tree Tree 9 Bambusa bamboo Bamboo Tree 10 Barringtonia acutangula Indian putat Tree 11 Bidens pilosa Beggar tick Herb 12 Butea frondosa Flame of the forest Tree 13 Calotropis gigantean Crown Flower Shrub 14 Cassia surattensis Scrambled Egg Shrub
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 238
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
15 Cleistanthus collinus Garari Shrub 16 Cleome viscose Asian spider flower Herb 17 Drypetes sepiaria Wild Caper Bush Shrub 18 Eucalyptus globules Eucalyptus Tree 19 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree 20 Ficus religiosa Pee pal Tree 21 Magnifera indica Mango Tree Parthenium 22 hysterophorus Carrot Grass Herb 23 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech Tree 24 Techtona grandis Teak Tree
10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective of the monitoring will be as follows. . To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the proposed project. . To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures. . To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment. . To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC) interwoven with the management system will be created. . EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory implemented and operated. A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is described below.
10.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING The Stack emissions from boiler & DG Set will be monitored once in a month for
PM10, NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site will be monitored once in a month for PM10, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOC’s will be monitored in Production block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 239
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters like pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Chlorides, Sulphates etc.,
10.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in a 6 / 12 months.
10.12.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MONITORING Hazardous / Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a month/change of the product.
TABLE- 10.2: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM Location of Frequency Duration Type of Parameters S. No Monitoring of of Instrument Monitoring to be tested station Sampling Sampling 3 Places at 120o Once in a 8 hrs/24 PM , SO , 1 Ambient Air RDS 10 2 angle month hrs NOX Production Work room Once in 3 Personal 2 Block, Store --- VOC’ concentration Months Sampler S rooms PM , SO , Boiler, D.G. Stack 10 2 Stack Once in a NO and 3 Sets, Scrubber --- Monitoring X Monitoring month Scrubbing vents Instrument gases. D.G. Set, Compressors, Chillers, Boiler Day – Night section, Once in a 4 Noise Levels --- Noise meter Noise levels Production month in Leq block, Admin. block, ETP area, Open area etc. Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent,
5 Effluent Condensate, Daily ---
Treated
wastewater Physical and Internal & Ground Nearest Bore Once in six Chemical 6 --- External water well months Parameters Lab Sludge from Once in six 7 Solid Waste --- Process, ETP months
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 240
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes. . Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. . Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and verification of the implementation status . Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem is corrected. . Suitably responds to emergency situations The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff will be appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.
10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS 10.13.1 OBJECTIVE To assure the neighboring communities that the promoters and management have high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made by the project promoters.
10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for the local people.
10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS Health camps will be organized along with the local administration and voluntary organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc., in the surrounding villages.
10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 241
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of communication between the management and the public on matters of environmental concern.
10.14 WATER REQUIREMENT Proposed Water Consumption Details TABLE- 10.3: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS S. No Purpose Water Input in KLD 1 Process & Washings 231.00 2 Boiler make up 29.00 3 Cooling towers make up 20.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 3.00 6 Gardening 3.00 Total 289.00
Out of Total Water consumption of 289 KLD an amount of 210 KLD of water will be recovered from ZLD effluent treatment system for reuse. Hence, Total fresh water requirement is 79 KLD and will be met from Ground Water source.
10.15 PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM a) No. of scrubbers and capacity : 2 No. scrubbers installed. 1 No: 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) b) Type of scrubber : Scrubber material of construction is PP+FRP with one inch poly propylene rings as packing material with a circulation pump. C). Chemical used in scrubber : Alkali solution
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 242
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE- 10.7: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF SCRUBBING SYSTEM
10.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS Various types of solvents will be used in the manufacturing process. The solvents will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed conditions. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing chilled brine circulation to the condensers which, ensures the recovery of 95%. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. The reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with reflux system. Dyke walls will be provided to the solvent storage tanks. The solvents like Methanol and DMF will be recovered up to 95 % by using distillation and the remaining 5% will be the loss.
10.17 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Solvent management consists of the following: Unloading Storage Handling / transferring Process / Reaction Recovery
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 243
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. i) Unloading Solvents are received in drums / tankers Drums Before unloading the drums from the truck, check the drums condition. Drums may be MS or HDPE Carboys Drums / barrels will be unloaded from the vehicles onto the unloading platform by using the drum lifter provided for the purpose. Under no circumstances drums shall be dropped or rolled on the ground or on any other material Carboys will not be dropped or allowed to strike against each other and shall be unloaded on the pallets Personal protective equipments like safety goggles, hand gloves, PVC aprons and safety shoes will be used while handling chemicals.
Road tankers Security will ensure that vehicle personnel shall not carry any match box / lighters The store personnel, has to check the paper work before unloading to confirm that the correct chemical received as well as discharged into the dedicated tank. Barriers and flags should be positioned to warn personnel at the unloading. Brakes should be set and the wheels chocked. The truck should be earthed. Tanker should be kept under inert gas flushing through vent while unloading Make sure that the inert gas valve remains open during the entire unloading period of delivery is by gravity or by pumping. Connect the flexible hose to the tanker and to the transfer pump Check liquid level guage on storage tank to ensure liquid is being transferred When tanker is empty, stop pump and close valves on tanker, close valves in transfer line. [For flammable material, stop inert gas purge] Disconnect flexible hose and put into proper catch container to ensure no product is lost on to the ground. Remove choked warning signs, earthing and switch locks
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 244
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
Read storage tank liquid level gauge and record reading ii) Storage/ handling/ transferring Storage Tanks 2 or 3 Square meter condenser [depends on solvent volatility] with cooling water circulation is connected to each solvent storage tank to prevent solvent vapors escaping from tank surface in to atmosphere. The condensed solvent will go to respective tank. This results in recovery of solvent and prevention of VOCs into the atmosphere. The solvent pump which is having mechanical seal will be used for transferring the solvent to the Day Tank of the respective reactor as and when required. The entire solvent transfer takes place in a closed system. There is no manual handling. The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%. Drums As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred to the respective reactor. By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer. iii) Reaction /Recovery During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to a primary condenser having cooling water circulation and later to secondary condenser having temperature < 50 C chilled brine circulation. Above system will eliminate solvent losses during reaction stage and recovery will be the maximum extent possible. The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.
Chlorinated solvents Solvent drums will be stored in ware house. As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred to the respective reactor. By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 245
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to two primary condensers which are arranged in parallel having cooling water circulation followed by a secondary condenser having brine circulation at temperature of 50C. System will eliminate solvent losses during reaction and recovery will be the maximum extent possible. The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.
10.17.1 EMISSIONS – UTILITIES For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 5 TPH coal fired boiler. The coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources. The unit is proposing a 1000 kVA DG set, for usage during the power failures. The emission details are presented in bellow Table No.10.4 & Table No.10.5
TABLE- 10.4: CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER 5.0 TPH Coal fired Particulars Units Boiler Indian Coal with CV of Type of Fuel -- 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 20.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1.0 Height of stack M 32 Diameter of Stack M 0.5 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 200 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 14 Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.43 Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.30 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 3.42
TABLE- 10.5: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET
Emission Emission Emission Stack Flue Gas Stack Flue gas Capacity of SPM in Of SO in of NO in dia. Temp. in Height Velocity in KVA 2 x mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 in m OC in (m) in m/sec.
1000 KVA 65.23 20.53 25 0.20 145.0 11.0 12.24
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 246
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.17.2 WASTEWATER LOADS The waste water generation will be 288.50 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given below.
TABLE-10.6: EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAIL
S.No Purpose Effluent in KLD 1 Process & Washings 275.00 2 Boiler Blow down 4.00 3 Cooling towers Blow down 4.00 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 5 Domestic 2.50 Total 288.50
TABLE-10.7: HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT DETAILS HTDS LTDS Effluent S. No Purpose Disposal Method in KLD in KLD in KLD 1 Process & Washings 243.00 32.00 275.00 HTDS Effluent sent to MEESystem.MEE Condensate sent to Biological treatment. 2 Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00
LTDS Effluents along with Cooling towers Blow 3 0.00 4.00 4.00 Domestic sewage sent to ETP, Down treated effluent sent to RO followed by MEE & ATFD. 4 Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00 RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water recovered for reuse 5 Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50 MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF. Total 246.00 42.50 288.50
The pollution loads for various pollutants viz., TDS, Inorganics, Organics; COD for proposed products has worked out based on the material balance.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 247
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE- 10.8 WASTEWATER GENERATION in KGS PER DAY - PRODUCT WISE
Production Kg/Day S.No. Product Name Capacity Water Water In Inorganics Organics Total TDS COD HTDS LTDS Kg/Day Input effluent In Effleunt In Effluent Effluent 1 Pigment Violet 23 50000 91287.88 93396.47 1415.15 640.91 1415.15 1232.23 95998.48 0.00 95998.48 Total 50000 91287.88 93396.47 1415.15 640.91 1415.15 1232.23 95998.48 0.00 95998.48 1 Pigment Violet 19 25000 83333.33 83537.50 935.67 392.35 935.67 592.28 84865.52 0.00 84865.52 2 Pigment Red 122 25000 83333.33 83530.46 913.33 380.12 913.33 573.93 84823.91 0.00 84823.91 3 Pigment Beta blue (15:3) 75000 33817.50 33817.50 570.00 0.00 570.00 0.00 31195.00 0.00 31195.00 4 Pigment Beta blue (15:4) 75000 33817.50 33817.50 570.00 0.00 570.00 0.00 31195.00 0.00 31195.00 5 Carbazole 50000 56666.67 57635.33 5320.00 0.00 5320.00 0.00 62955.33 0.00 62955.33 6 Solsperse 5000 50000 31666.67 31666.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31666.67 31666.67 From Group-B Products, we will manufacture production capacity of 75MT/Month for the combination of : EITHER 75000 140000.00 141172.83 6255.67 392.35 6255.67 592.28 147820.85 31666.67 147820.85 S.No.1& 5 (25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 2 &6 (25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 3 75 MT/Month OR S.No.4 75MT/Month Total (Group-A + Group-B) 125000 231287.88 234569.30 7670.82 1033.26 7670.82 1824.50 243819.33 31666.67 243819.33
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 248
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.17.3 STAGEWISE EFFLUENT CHARACTERSTICS The stage wise effluent characteristics have been arrived for the proposed products based on the material balance, which is given in Chapter-II
10.17.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE DETAILS Solid Waste Generation Details The Hazardous/Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are given below.
TABLE- 10.9: HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS Name of the Solid/ S. No Quantity Disposal Method Hazardous Waste Organic waste (Process 1 2296.30 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries Residue) 2 Solvent Distillation Residue 1868.41 Kg/Day Sent to CHWIF Industries 3 MEE Salts 7805.82 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF 4 ETP Sludge 500 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF Disposed to SPCB 5 Used Oils 300 Ltrs/Annum Authorized Reprocessors. Disposed to SPCB 6 Container liners 400 No’s/Month Authorized agencies. 7 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2.0 No’s/Annum Buyback of New Batteries. Sent to Brick 8 Ash from boiler 7.0 TPD Manufacturers
Hazardous / Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE Drums/Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate collection system and disposed to authorized parties. Non- incinerabale solid waste will be disposed to TSDF for secured landfill. The Hazardous / solid waste will be disposed off through 7-copy manifest system within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.
The Hazardous / solid waste generated per day product wise is given below.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 249
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE- 10.10: SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE PER DAY Solid waste Details Production Total Distillation Spent S.No Product Name Capacity Organic Inorganic solid Residue carbon Kg/Month waste Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Group-A 1 Pigment Violet 23 50000 1358.48 0.00 0.00 1358.48 1074.24 Total 50000 1358.48 0.00 0.00 1358.48 1074.24
Group-B 1 Pigment Violet 19 25000 295.32 0.00 0.00 295.32 367.50 2 Pigment Red 122 25000 289.01 0.00 0.00 289.01 426.67 3 Pigment Beta blue (15:3) 75000 75.00 0.00 0.00 75.00 37.50 4 Pigment Beta blue (15:4) 75000 75.00 0.00 0.00 75.00 37.50 5 Carbazole 50000 642.50 0.00 0.00 642.50 0.00 6 Solsperse 5000 50000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total 75000 937.82 0.00 0.00 937.82 794.17
From Group-B Products, we will manufacture production capacity of 75MT/Month for the combination of : EITHER S.No.1& 5 125000 2296.30 0.00 0.00 2296.30 1868.41
(25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 2 &6 (25+50)MT/Month OR S.No 3 75 MT/Month OR S.No.4 75MT/Month
10.17. 5 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE CHARACTERISTICS Estimated Hazardous / solid waste characteristics as following table Organic Inorganic ETP Spent S. No Parameters Unit Residue waste Sludge Carbon 1 pH - 6.0 -7.5 8.0 - 8.5 7.0 -7.5 7.0 -8.5 2 Bulk density g/cc 1.12 1.05 1.0-1.5 -
3 Calorific value K.cal/kg 2500 - 3500 < 250 < 250 >2500
4 Flash point 0C <65 >65 >65 Loss on drying at 111- 5 %W/W 18-20 20-25 40-70 - 1050C Loss on Ignition 5500C 6 %W/W 50-80 16-20 10-15 - (Dry Basis) Water Soluble 7 %W/W <10 >10 >10 - Compounds Oil and Grease 8 (As n-Hexane %W/W >10 <10 <10 Extractable)
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 250
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.18 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of the hour. Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration, storage and recharge. Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/ storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic requirements in rural areas as well.
Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon Average rainfall Catchment area Run-off coefficient Infiltration rate Evapo Transpiration Porosity Permeability Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well, Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams, Nalla Bunds. The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred to the proposed roof water harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground. Since the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in detail and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 251
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. considered and suitable structure suggested Based on IMD Climatological Normals, Ahmedabad 1981-2010 Normal Annual Rainfall =750.9 mm (0.75m)
TABLE- 10.11: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING Rainfall Runoff Total Rainwater Description Area (m2) (m/Annum) coefficient (m3/Annum) Roof Area 3359 0.75 0.8 2015.4 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 2015
Dimensions of Roof water harvesting pit: Size of pit 8m x 4m x 3m Size of Bore 350 mm dia. Size of pipe 150 mm dia.
FIGURE-10.8: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 252
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.19 INVESTMENT The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be approximately Rs. 15 Crores. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs.225 Lakhs for Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 40 Lakhs per annum.
10.19.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.
TABLE- 10.12: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN [EMP] Proposed Recurring S. No Particulars Capital Cost Cost (Rs. Lakhs) (Rs. Lakhs) Pollution Control Equipment 1 (Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter , 15.0 4.0 Sampling port arrangements etc.,) ZLD System 2 200 30.0 (MEE, RO, ETP system) Rain Water Harvesting 3 (Roof top water collection pit and Roof top water 3.0 1.0 towards the rain water harvesting pit) Green Belt Development 4 4.0 1.0 (Plantation and Maintenance) Health & Safety 5 3.0 2.0 (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,) Environmental Monitoring 6 (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue 0.0 2.0 gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,) Total 225 40
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 253
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.20 Mitigation plan There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing process. The industry will provide the efficient scrubbers for controlling the gaseous emissions and plant will be well ventilated to improve the work zone environment and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a comfortable atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry will be taking all precautions to minimize the emissions on handling of various chemicals etc. Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be provided in the plant to handle any emergency. Full-Fledge ZLD Treatment system will be provided for treating the effluents generated from the industrial activity. Full-Fledge Treatment facility will be constructed above ground level to prevent seepage. First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also provide to all the employees for early treatment. Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory will be subjected to pre employment medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit will be recruited. Candidates on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on handling of chemicals. Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd will strictly follow the safety norms as per the guidelines of the Director of Factories for a process industry and will provide all the necessary safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as well as the personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment will be provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc. These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented comply the provisions of Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 254
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
10.21 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the NGOs, Village Panchayats, and other Governmental Entities.
A. Social Activities: Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens, free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis. Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Rajpur village where the project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking Purposes. Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.
B. Economic Activities: The company will give preference to the local people for employment. The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair, transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties. The proposed expansion will create jobs for at least 180 persons.
10.22 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 5 R Concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) In our company, the 5R, representing five environment-conscious words starting with the letter R, has been adopted as a keyword for environmental activities. The five environment-conscious words include the three R words of the 3R, the keyword for establishing a recycling-oriented society, and two additional words that are "Refuse" and "Reform". Refuse: Avoid purchase of environmentally burdensome materials whenever possible Reduce: Reduce waste material Reuse: Reuse waste material without processing Reform: Reuse materials in a different form Recycle: Reuse materials as resources
We will achieve the above concept; all efforts will be made by the industry to carryout R&D on the isolated by-products / wastes
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 255
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
FIGURE- 10.9: 5 R CONCEPT
The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including: Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water requirement. Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation and pollution control.
10.23 CONCLUSION The industrialization plays an important role in their development process. The countries with rapidly growing industrial sector were able to manage the development problems particularly employment, poverty and inequality. The Industrial development as legitimate objective to solve economic and social problems, therefore project Management have appropriately decided to setup a manufacturing unit. The infrastructure like roads, water and regular supply of power are available at the project site. Availability of adequate skilled, semi-skilled man power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at reasonable cost, has encouraged the technocrat. Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 256
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. experienced and reputed person in the synthetic organic manufacturing industrial belt, by the state Government in meeting the needs of the aspirant. The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the unit are very marginal and negligible. More over the residential area is far away. However, the effective implementation of the recommended Environ Management Plan and Monitoring Program, all the negative effects on the environment will be mitigated. Implement ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001 to help Environmental, Safety and Occupational Health Management. As the industry has to obtain Environment Clearance prior to operation, has submitted this application.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 257
CHAPTER -XI
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION [SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
CHAPTER – XI PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS
Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Proposed for expansion of their existing Synthetic Organic Pigments manufacturing unit from 3.0 TPM to 125 TPM respectively.
11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
S. No Contents Details Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, 1 Name of the Project: Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. Mr. Jinen Kothari 2 Details of Applicant (Managing Director) Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd. Proposed to expand their existing Synthetic Organic 3 Status Pigments manufacturing unit at Plot No. 1196/1/A & B, Rajpur Village, Ghumasan - Patia Road, Chhatral - Mehsana Highway, Kadi Taluka, Mehsana District, Gujarat. Industrial land. 4 Type of Land & Status Proposed Land – 2.559 Acres (10357 Sq.m). Capital Investment of the 5 15 Crores Project, Rs. in Crores Capital cost for EMP, Rs. 6 225 Lakhs in Lakhs Recurring cost for EMP, 7 40 Lakhs Rs. in Lakhs 8 Employment opportunity 180 persons It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides 9 Green belt Development of the industry in an area of about 1.023 Acres (4142.80 SQM). Pollution control measures adopted Effluent water disposal ZLD System Adequate stack height of 32mts will be provided 10 for wider dispersion of pollutants Flue gas emission control
For SPM control, provided cyclone separator
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 258
EIA Report Navpad Pigments Pvt. Ltd.
followed by bag filter Process gas emission Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas control emissions Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors Fugitive emission control Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary management Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry. Expenditure for CSR & 11 Rs. 75 Lakhs for five years. CER activities
11.2 CONCLUSIONS It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 259